units
faculty-ug-bus
Faculty of Business and Economics
This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2015 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ellinor Allen |
This unit is an introduction to basic concepts in accounting and finance and the application of these concepts for decision-making by a wide range of potential users (e.g., shareholders, investment analysts, lenders, managers etc.). This unit should benefit students who wish to specialise in accounting and finance, and will also be of value to students whose primary interest lies elsewhere in the field of business.
On completion, students should have a clear understanding of the accounting process and the language of accounting to enable communication with an accounting professional, understand the relevance of accounting information for informed decision-making by a wide range of potential users, and have the ability to analyse and interpret accounting information.
Topics covered include the accounting equation, general purpose financial statements, cash and accrual accounting, balance day adjustments, financial statement analysis, interpreting information for managers to use in planning, decision making and control, and an introduction to finance, financial mathematics and investments.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit will cover various aspects of financial accounting and builds on the principles introduced in AFW1000/ACW1000. Aspects associated with transaction reporting and the preparation of financial statements investigated include: the recording of inventory in a retail context, the use of control accounts, the role of specialised journals, a range of balance day-adjustments, reversing entries and account reconstruction. The unit also focuses on internal control procedures. The definition, recognition and disclosure criteria of financial statement elements are explored as well as the cost and fair value measurement of various financial statement elements.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: ACB1000, ACC1000, ACF1000, ACG1000, ACP1000, ACW1000, AFC1000, AFC1021, AFC1022, AFF1000, AFF1110, AFG1000, AFP1000, AFW1000 or AFW1001 (pre 2009) before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ruvendra Nandan |
Introduction to management accounting. Topics include: basic terms and concepts, classification and behaviour of costs, recording product cost transactions for manufacturing firms, joint and by-product spoilage and waste, apportioning joint costs for multiple products, activity-based costing and information for management decisions.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW1002, ACB1002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lisa Powell |
This unit examines the current Australian reporting and regulatory framework applicable to reporting entities including an analysis of significant accounting standards, professional reporting requirements and legal and stock exchange requirements. Accounting for corporate groups and issues in financial reporting are also explored.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Krueger |
The objective of this unit is two-fold. First, the unit provides students with a broad introduction to accounting information systems and the role technology plays in accounting. The focus will be on an introduction to: enterprise systems; database management; documentation methods; internal controls; and the core business processes found in organisations. Second, the unit focuses on corporate modelling theory; models as decision support tools; types and uses of models; benefits and limitations of models; effective spreadsheet design; auditing spreadsheet models and development of various models using an industry standard spreadsheet.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one unit from the following: AFG1000, AFP1000, AFW1000 or AFW1001 (pre 2009) before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include the budget planning process including master budget preparation, budgeting standard costs and variance analysis, responsibility accounting, management by objectives and non-financial performance measurement, divisional performance, transfer pricing issues, program budgeting and other approaches, capital budgeting, strategic planning and control.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Ruvendra Nandan (First semester)
Mr Ahmad Sujan (Second semester)
ACB2020, AFW2020, AFC2131, AFF2391, AFG2020
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lisa Powell |
This unit examines the auditor's legal liabilities, audit process and evidence, the concepts of materiality and risks, study and evaluation of internal control, EDP auditing, audit sampling techniques, the test of transactions cycles and the verification of account balances, auditors reports, and internal and operational auditing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Financial accounting topics covered by this unit include: Australian accounting standards, institutional setting and the conceptual framework; accounting for leases; accounting for employee benefits; accounting for financial instruments; cash flow reporting; segment reporting; accounting for EPS; accounting for extractive industries; accounting for agriculture; financial reporting in the public sector; foreign currency translation; and social and environmental reporting.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit is an introduction to basic concepts in accounting and finance and the application of these concepts for decision-making by a wide range of potential users (e.g., shareholders, investment analysts, lenders, managers etc.). This unit should benefit students who wish to specialise in accounting and finance, and will also be of value to students whose primary interest lies elsewhere in the field of business. On completion, students should have a clear understanding of the accounting process and the language of accounting to enable communication with an accounting professional, understand the relevance of accounting information for informed decision-making by a wide range of potential users, and have the ability to analyse and interpret accounting information.
Topics covered include the accounting equation, general purpose financial statements, cash and accrual accounting, balance day adjustments, financial statement analysis, interpreting information for managers to use in planning, decision making and control, and an introduction to finance, financial mathematics and investments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0023, 0169, 0170, 0179, 0542, 0546, 0548, 1185, 1319, 1320, 1469, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2026, 2630, 3050, 3176, 3178, 3333, 3507, 3513, 3523, 3804, 3805, 3823, 3830, 3834, 4097, 4403, 4410, 4417, 4419, 4425, 4428 or 4615.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit will provide a conceptual framework for accounting; the definition and recognition criteria for assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses (including leases, inventory valuation, non-current assets, depreciation and impairment); the form and content of financial reports for partnerships and companies; and evaluate alternative measurement systems (historical cost, modified historical cost and fair value accounting).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC1000 or ACC1000 or AFC1021 or AFC1022
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The unit deals with accounting problems associated with the creation and operation of corporate structures. Topics include financial reporting requirements including an analysis of significant accounting standards; financing company operations; the nature of company groups; the preparation of consolidated financial reports; equity accounting; accounting for interests in joint ventures and liquidation of companies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This is the introductory management accounting unit that focuses on the types of cost information that can be produced to assist managers and other employees within organisations in planning and control, and in decision making. The topics include the following: costs and cost behaviour, product costing (including activity-based costing), cost allocation techniques, cost-volume-profit analysis, and the use of cost information for management decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC1030 or ACC1030
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Krueger |
The objective of this unit is two-fold. First, the unit provides students with a broad introduction to accounting information systems and the role technology plays in accounting. The focus will be on an introduction to: enterprise systems; database
management; documentation methods; internal controls; and the core business processes found in organisations. Second, the unit focuses on corporate modelling theory; models as decision support tools; types and uses of models; benefits and limitations of models; effective spreadsheet design; auditing spreadsheet models and development of various models using an industry standard spreadsheet.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following units: AFC1000, ACC1000, AFC1021, AFC1022, ACP1000 or AFP1000.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Over the 14 week period of full-time employment, students will be required to complete one or more specified projects. The projects will be determined by the course coordinator in consultation with the sponsor and the student undergoing the industry-based learning.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed 48 credit points, including AFC1030 or ACC1030.
Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Accounting and selected students enrolled in the Bachelor of Commerce.
AFC2888
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The topics covered include the regulatory framework governing financial accounting; a conceptual framework for financial accounting; the form and content of financial statements; off-balance sheet financing including leases; modified historical cost and other measurement bases including consideration of the measurement of employee benefits, financial instruments, extractive industries and foreign currency translation; accounting for corporate social responsibilities.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC2120 or ACC2120
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ahmad Sujan |
The unit aims to provide an in-depth understanding of how performance management systems can be designed to support the strategy of an organisation. It also covers the provision and use of management accounting information for strategy implementation, management planning, and control in organisations. Issues related to the design, implementation and use of contemporary performance management systems and techniques are covered, as are behavioural aspects of management accounting systems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC2131 or ACC2131
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
The provision and use of management accounting information for strategy implementation, management planning, and control in organisations. The unit aims to provide an in-depth understanding of how performance management systems can be designed to support the strategy of an organisation. Issues related to the design, implementation and use of contemporary performance management systems and techniques are covered, as are behavioural aspects of management accounting systems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC2131 or ACC2131
AFC3130, AFF3511, ACF3511, AFC3141
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include an overview of the audit function and assurance framework, and of different types of audit and assurance service; duties of the external auditor; the auditor's liability to third parties; detection and reporting of fraud; the audit process and techniques including planning, business risk assessment, tests of controls, substantive testing, reviewing internal control, gathering audit evidence, using analytical procedures, and audit sampling; the audit of computer information systems; audit reporting; internal auditing; performance auditing; and emerging issues.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC2120 or ACC2120
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics covered include analysis of published financial statements, application and use of financial ratios and forecasting techniques; cash flow-based share valuation, including discounted cash flow and free cash flow approaches to valuation; accounting-based share valuation including earnings multiples, residual income valuation models and economic value added; credit analysis and financial distress prediction, equity security analysis and mergers and takeovers, based on Australian and international case studies.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Mukesh Garg (First semester)
Dr Anthony Ng (Second semester)
AFC2140 or BFC2140
AFC3230, AFC3234
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Keryn Chalmers |
Over the 12 week period of full-time employment, students will be required to complete one or more specified projects. The projects will be determined by the course coordinator in consultation with the sponsor and the student undergoing the industry-based learning.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed 72 credit points, including AFC2120 or ACC2120.
Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Accounting and selected students enrolled in the Bachelor of Commerce.
AFC3888
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester A 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester B 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
This unit is an introduction to basic concepts in accounting and finance and the application of these concepts for decision-making by a wide range of potential users (e.g., shareholders, investment analysts, lenders, managers etc.). This unit should benefit students who wish to specialise in accounting and finance, and will also be of value to students whose primary interest lies elsewhere in the field of business. On completion, students should have a clear understanding of the accounting process and the language of accounting to enable communication with an accounting professional, understand the relevance of accounting information for informed decision-making by a wide range of potential users, and have the ability to analyse and interpret accounting information.
Topics covered include the accounting equation, general purpose financial statements, cash and accrual accounting, balance day adjustments, financial statement analysis, interpreting information for managers to use in planning, decision making and control, and an introduction to finance, financial mathematics and investments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mrs Ellinor Allen
Mr John Gerrand (City, Melbourne)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester B 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
This unit is concerned with developing a conceptual and practical accounting framework for financial reporting through the process of collecting, analysing, classifying, measuring, recording, presenting and interpreting financial information and developing financial reports for service and trading entities from both a manual and a computer-based system.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFF1000, ACF1000, AFF1110, ACP1000 or AFP1000.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Susan O'Leary |
This is the introductory management accounting unit that focuses on the types of cost information that can be produced to assist managers and other employees within organisations in planning and control, and in decision making. The topics include the following: costs and cost behaviour, product costing (including activity-based costing), cost allocation techniques, cost-volume-profit analysis, and the use of cost information for management decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF1121 or ACF1121
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The current Australian reporting and regulatory framework applicable to reporting entities including an analysis of significant accounting standards, professional reporting requirements and legal and stock exchange requirements. Accounting for corporate groups and issues in financial reporting are also explored.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Janto Haman (First semester)
Dr Sunyoung Kim (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kristian Rotaru |
The objective of this unit is two-fold. First, the unit provides students with a broad introduction to accounting information systems and the role technology plays in accounting. The focus will be on an introduction to: enterprise systems; database management; documentation methods; internal controls; and the core business processes found in organisations. Second, the unit focuses on corporate modelling theory; models as decision support tools; types and uses of models; benefits and limitations of models; effective spreadsheet design; auditing spreadsheet models and development of various models using an industry standard spreadsheet.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Kristian Rotaru (First semester)
Dr Stephen Smith (Second semester)
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFF1000, ACF1000, AFP1000, ACP1000 or AFF1110 (pre 2009).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit focuses on the provision and use of management accounting information for management planning and control in organisations. Topics include budgeting, standard costing and variance analysis and contemporary approaches to managing costs, time, quality, suppliers, customers, and value.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF2391 or ACF2391
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The unit is a blend of advanced and controversial practical accounting issues and underlying theories that support prescribed accounting treatments of these issues. Attention is concentrated on the interaction between the accounting profession and relevant segments of the society, including industry, capital markets, government and other user groups.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF2491 or ACF2491
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Concepts and techniques of business strategy formulation, and how management accounting information systems act as a corporate control system providing information for strategic decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF2391 or ACF2391
AFC3141, ACC3141, ACC3151, AFF3511, AFX3511
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Poonam Bir |
Nature and objectives of auditing, auditing standards, auditors' responsibilities, professional ethics and auditor independence, audit objectives, planning the audit, analytical review procedures, understanding the internal control structure and assessing control risk and detection risk, preliminary audit strategies and design of substantive tests, auditing in a CIS environment, auditing the transaction cycles and performing substantive procedures, completing the audit and post audit responsibilities, audit reporting, other reports and services.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF2491 or ACF2491
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Lambourn (First semester); Dr Abdel Halabi (Second semester) |
This unit is an introduction to basic concepts in accounting and finance and the application of these concepts for decision-making by a wide range of potential users (e.g. shareholders, investment analysts, lenders, managers, etc.). This unit should benefit students who wish to specialise in accounting and finance, and will also be of value to students whose primary interest lies elsewhere in the field of business. On completion, students should have a clear understanding of the accounting process and the language of accounting to enable communication with an accounting professional, understand the relevance of accounting information for informed decision-making by a wide range of potential users, and have the ability to analyse and interpret accounting information.
Topics covered include the accounting equation, general purpose financial statements, cash and accrual accounting, balance day adjustments, financial decision making and control, and an introduction to finance, financial mathematics and investments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Peter Lambourn (First semester)
Dr Abdel Halabi (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Les Hardy |
This unit will cover various aspects of financial accounting. A deeper understanding of accounting processes to cover adjusting entries and reconstructions will be presented. Issues relating to financial statement elements will be investigated with reference to both historical cost and fair value accounting. Accounting procedures for partnerships and companies will also be considered.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFW1000, ACW1000, AFW1001 (pre 2009), ACG1000 or AFG1000.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sisira Colombage |
Introduction to management accounting. Topics include: basic terms and concepts, classification and behaviour of costs, recording product cost transactions for manufacturing firms, joint and by-product spoilage and waste, apportioning joint costs for multiple products, activity-based costing and information for management decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Steve Bertram |
The current Australian reporting and regulatory framework applicable to reporting entities including an analysis of significant accounting standards, professional reporting requirements and legal and stock exchange requirements. Accounting for corporate groups and issues in financial reporting are also explored.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFW1000 or ACW1000 and AFW1002 or ACW1002, OR AFG1000 or ACG1000 and AFG1002 or ACG1002 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Lambourn |
The objective of this unit is two-fold. First, the unit provides students with a broad introduction to accounting information systems and the role technology plays in accounting. The focus will be on an introduction to: enterprise systems; database management; documentation methods; internal controls; and the core business processes found in organisations. Second, the unit focuses on corporate modelling theory; models as decision support tools; types and uses of models; benefits and limitations of models; effective spreadsheet design; auditing spreadsheet models and development of various models using an industry standard spreadsheet.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFW1000, ACW1000, AFW1001 (pre 2009), ACG1000 or AFG1000.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sisira Colombage |
Topics include the budget planning process including master budget preparation, budgeting standard costs and variance analysis, responsibility accounting, management by objectives and non-financial performance measurement, divisional performance, transfer pricing issues, program budgeting and other approaches, capital budgeting, strategic planning and control.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Overview of auditing, the auditor's legal liabilities, audit process and evidence, the concepts of materiality and risks, study and evaluation of internal control, EDP auditing, audit sampling techniques, the test of transactions cycles and the verification of account balances, auditors reports, and internal and operational auditing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Les Hardy |
Topics covered by this unit include: Australian accounting environment, theories of financial accounting, accounting for leases; accounting for employee benefits; accounting for financial instruments; cash flow reporting; public sector and agriculture accounting, segment reporting; accounting for EPS; accounting for extractive industries; foreign currency translation; and social and environmental reporting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit is an introduction to basic concepts in accounting and finance and the application of these concepts for decision-making by a wide range of potential users (e.g. shareholders, investment analysts, lenders, managers, etc). This unit should benefit students who wish to specialise in accounting and finance and will also be of value to students whose primary interest lies elsewhere in the field of business. On completion, students should have a clear understanding of the accounting process and the language of accounting to enable communication with an accounting professional, understand the relevance of accounting information for informed decision-making by a wide range of potential users, and have the ability to analyse and interpret accounting information.
Topics covered include the accounting equation, general purpose financial statements, cash and accrual accounting, balance day adjustments, financial statement analysis, interpreting information for managers to use in planning, decision making and control, and an introduction to finance, financial mathematics and investments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit focuses on how knowledge workers deploy information systems and technology to generate knowledge that creates business value for organisations. These systems provide the information required for operational, tactical, and strategic decision making, and information flows that cross national and inter-organisational borders, and assist organisations with innovative and strategic initiatives and reporting. Topics covered include: the core business processes found in organisations; transaction processing systems; enterprise systems; database management; systems development and documentation methods; internal controls; e-business; and decision support at the individual knowledge worker and organisational level.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFP1000 or ACP1000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit provides an introduction to ethical issues in business, with a specific focus on the accounting profession. The unit addresses four areas of ethics and business: an introduction to ethical theories and applied ethics, including the nature of ethics and ethical decision-making; an overview of business ethics and its relationship with corporate governance and social responsibility; an understanding of how ethics affects businesses, organisations and professions; The Code of Professional Conduct in the accountancy profession.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW2042, AFW2700, AFW3004, AFS2700
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
This unit covers various aspects of financial accounting and builds on the principles introduced in AFW1002/ACW1002. The unit reviews and further analyses the Conceptual Framework and Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements, with a focus on its application to specific IFRS. This unit introduces IFRS topics, such as revenue recognition; provisions and contingent liabilities/assets; events after the reporting period; accounting policies, estimates and errors; and borrowing costs. The unit further explores the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements for various categories of assets including accounting for: inventories; property, plant and equipment; impairment of assets; intangible assets; investment property; and non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW2710, ACW2710, AFS2730
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
The unit covers various aspects of financial accounting and builds on the principles introduced in prior financial accounting units. It provides a detailed examination of applying IFRS with the focus on accounting for income taxes, earnings per share and the preparation and presentation of the statement of cash flows. The unit also introduces accounting principles governing group accounts and the preparation of group statements. Students are also exposed to using commercial accounting software to prepare accounting records in accordance with the IFRS covered in this and prior units.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFS2730, ACS2730, ACW2710 or AFW2710.
AFW2042, AFW2720, AFW3004, AFS2740
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit introduces auditing covering the responsibilities, functions and qualities of the auditor. The unit reviews the audit process from planning to the completion of the audit and includes the going concern concept; fraud and error; audit evidence; engagement and planning; internal controls and substantive procedures; completion of the audit and special audit investigations. The tests of control and substantive tests performed on the following business cycles are also included: revenue and receipts; acquisitions and payments; inventory and production; payroll and personnel.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW2041, AFW2760, AFW3941, AFW3942, AFS2760
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit is an introduction to cost and management accounting. Topics include basic terms and concepts, classification and behaviour of costs, recording product cost transactions for manufacturing firms, process costing, overhead costs, cost-volume-profit analysis, standard costing, spoilage and waste, apportioning joint costs for multiple products, activity-based costing, pricing and product mix decisions, risk and uncertainty and information for management decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30% Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW1000 or ACW1000
AFW2020, ACW2020 or AFS2770
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
The unit covers various aspects of financial accounting and builds on the principles introduced in prior financial accounting units. It provides a detailed examination and/or more detailed exploration (than AFS2730/ACS2730 or AFS2740/ACS2740) of applying reporting standards (IFRS) in a financial reporting environment, with the focus on conceptual framework; preparation and presentation of financial statements; provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets; revenue recognition; income taxes (including deferred tax); leases, non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations; the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates and hedging; employee benefits; share-based payments; financial instruments; and earnings per share.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFS2740, ACS2740, or AFW2720 before undertaking this unit.
AFW2042, AFW3004, AFW3730, AFS3730
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The unit focuses on the preparation and presentation of group financial statements in accordance with the requirements of IFRS and the regulatory environment. In doing so, it builds on the principles of group accounting introduced in AFS2740/ACS2740. The unit explores: factors to be considered when assessing control of one entity by another; accounting for business combinations, acquisition of equity interests in another entity, wholly or partly, at acquisition and subsequent to acquisition; accounting for intragroup transactions and dividends, at-acquisition fair value adjustments, preference shares and impairment of goodwill. Consolidation is also applied to accounting for complex groups and interim acquisitions. The unit also covers the application of IFRS to accounting for associates and joint arrangements. In preparation of group accounts, the unit requires the appropriate application of IFRS topics (as covered in AFS3730/ACS3730) in the group financial statements.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFS3730, ACS3730, ACW3730 or AFW3730 before undertaking this unit.
AFW3740, AFS3740, AFW3006
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit builds upon the understanding, knowledge and skills developed in AFS2770/ACS2770 (Cost and management accounting A). The unit covers the theory, background and application of managerial decision making in respect of the following different types of decision making techniques: advanced cost-volume-profit analysis and sensitivity analysis, measuring relevant cost and revenues for decision making, complex activity based costing and management, advanced pricing decisions and profitability analysis, budgeting, advanced standard costing variance calculations, analysis and interpretation, performance management, cost estimation and cost behaviour and scarce resources.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFG2020, ACG2020, AFW2020, ACW2020, ACS2770 or AFS2770.
AFW3750, AFS3750, AFW3007
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit focuses on computer information systems (CIS) and draws on the knowledge gained from AFS2760/ACS2760. The unit introduces the management of computer information systems (CIS) with a particular focus on the internal controls that should be present in a CIS environment and would be of interest to the external auditor. The important concepts and procedures to use and audit financial databases and CIS are also covered in this unit. The download of financial data and its manipulation in order to verify and audit it, as well as the performance of computer assisted auditing techniques (CAATs) on this data are examined in this unit. The influence of the internet and e-commerce on the business and auditing environments, as well as applicable legislation are also covered. In addition, this unit contains a strong practical element of using database software, spreadsheets and selected audit software often used by accountants and auditors in practice.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 45%
Examination: 55%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW3765 and AFS3765
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The application of South African regulations on the audit profession and the external auditor including corporate governance is dealt with extensively in this unit. In addition to exploring the regulations applicable to external auditors the unit also covers audit risk, controls, the use of a specialist in an audit, developing audit procedures on all business processes including the use of computer-assisted audit techniques (CAATs) and reporting on the results in the audit of groups.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW2041, AFW3770, AFW3941, AFW3942, AFS3770
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia October intake 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
This unit is an introduction to basic concepts in accounting and finance and the application of these concepts for decision-making by a wide range of potential users (e.g., shareholders, investment analysts, lenders, managers etc.). This unit should benefit students who wish to specialise in accounting and finance, and will also be of value to students whose primary interest lies elsewhere in the field of business. On completion, students should have a clear understanding of the accounting process and the language of accounting to enable communication with an accounting professional, understand the relevance of accounting information for informed decision-making by a wide range of potential users, and have the ability to analyse and interpret accounting information.
Topics covered include the accounting equation, general purpose financial statements, cash and accrual accounting, balance day adjustments, financial statement analysis, interpreting information for managers to use in planning, decision making and control, and an introduction to finance, financial mathematics and investments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Shyamala Dhoraisingham Samuel |
This unit will cover various aspects of financial accounting and builds on the principles introduced in AFW1000/ACW1000. Aspects associated with transaction reporting and the preparation of financial statements investigated include: the recording of inventory in a retail context, the use of control accounts, the role of specialised journals, a range of balance day-adjustments, reversing entries and account reconstruction. The unit also focuses on internal control procedures. The definition, recognition and disclosure criteria of financial statement elements are explored as well as the cost and fair value measurement of various financial statement elements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: AFG1000, ACG1000, AFW1000, ACW1000 or AFW1001 (pre 2009) before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Introduction to management accounting. Topics include: basic terms and concepts, classification and behaviour of costs, recording product cost transactions for manufacturing firms, joint and by-product spoilage and waste, apportioning joint costs for multiple products, activity-based costing and information for management decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The current Australian reporting and regulatory framework applicable to reporting entities including an analysis of significant accounting standards, professional reporting requirements and legal and stock exchange requirements. Accounting for corporate groups and issues in financial reporting are also explored.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed two units from the following: AFW1000, ACW1000, ACG1000 or AFG1000, and AFW1002, ACW1002, ACG1002 or AFG1002 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit provides an introduction to the accounting framework, practices and standards of Islamic banks and Islamic financial institutions. The accounting treatment, measurement and disclosures of various financing transactions are explained. Related areas such as Zakat for Islamic banks will also be discussed. The unit will make references to Accounting and Auditing Organization of Islamic Financial Institutions (AAOIFI) standards and to Malaysian Accounting Standards Board (MASB) standards for Islamic financial institutions.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
The objective of this unit is two-fold. First, the unit provides students with a broad introduction to accounting information systems and the role technology plays in accounting. The focus will be on an introduction to: enterprise systems; database management; documentation methods; internal controls; and the core business processes found in organisations. Second, the unit focuses on corporate modelling theory; models as decision support tools; types and uses of models; benefits and limitations of models; effective spreadsheet design; auditing spreadsheet models and development of various models using an industry standard spreadsheet.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one unit from the following: AFG1000, ACG1000, AFP1000, ACP1000, AFW1000, ACW1000 or AFW1001 (pre 2009) before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Pak Mei Sen |
Topics include the budget planning process including master budget preparation, budgeting standard costs and variance analysis, responsibility accounting, management by objectives and non-financial performance measurement, divisional performance, transfer pricing issues, program budgeting and other approaches, capital budgeting, strategic planning and control.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include the nature of theory and scientific method by considering two basic methods of enquiry: induction and deduction; the emergence of general descriptive and prescriptive accounting theories; the application of measurement theories; the regulation of financial accounting and the development of international accounting as they relate to the conceptual framework; and summarising and identifying the assumptions underlying accounting concepts by critiquing the financial statements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Overview of auditing, the auditor's legal liabilities, audit process and evidence, the concepts of materiality and risks, study and evaluation of internal control, EDP auditing, audit sampling techniques, the test of transactions cycles and the verification of account balances, auditors reports, and internal and operational auditing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jeyanthi Selvarajah |
Topics covered by this unit include: Australian accounting environment, theories of financial accounting, accounting for leases; accounting for employee benefits; accounting for financial instruments; cash flow reporting; public sector and agriculture accounting, segment reporting; accounting for EPS; accounting for extractive industries; foreign currency translation; and social and environmental reporting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Monash Passport category | International Short Field Experience (Explore Program) |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wei Lu |
This unit centres on both a conceptual and practical approach to International Accounting Issues with emphasis on international standard setting and compliance as viewed by regulatory and private sector preparers of accounts. Students gain a practical understanding of these issues in an international context through the overseas visitation program which forms an integral part of this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: AFC2120, ACC2120, AFF2491, ACF2491, AFG2491, ACG2491, ACW2491 or AFW2491, or be granted permission by the unit coordinator before undertaking this unit.
AFX3871, BFX3871, AFX3551
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Introduction to a broad range of research methodology and testing procedures used in accounting. The primary focus is on the undertaking of research. This unit comprises an analysis of the science of research, an examination of the key elements of research in accounting, data issues, ethical issues, hypothesis development, causal models, the use of parametric and non-parametric statistical tests, survey-based research and general research methodology. The unit also entails preparation of a research proposal in an area of accounting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0171, 4416 or 0503 to undertake this unit.
AFX4000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Students conduct a critical review of the literature relevant to their study; derive appropriate hypotheses for testing; devise an empirical test of the hypotheses showing regard to practical problems of conducting research, ethical considerations, and principles of scientific method; conduct a planned study and manage any problems arising in the data collection; select and conduct an appropriate analysis of the data; and write a report on the project, showing due regard to relevant stylistic conventions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 432 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average seven/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX4000 or ACX4000
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit.
AFX4018
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
The objective of this unit is to provide students with a broad introduction to the contemporary themes in research into Accounting Information Systems. The unit covers issues of research and practice in the following areas: frameworks and ontologies in information systems; decision making; process modelling; behavioural aspects concerned with the design and implementation of systems; and data management issues. Upon completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to evaluate critically the design and conduct of research, and to design their own research into issues of relevance to the accounting information systems field.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4040
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit considers both theoretical and professional issues relevant to the various participants to the audit process. The unit provides students with an overview of the nature of assurance and regulation of the audit profession, the economics of auditing, and the behavioural dimensions of auditing. Topics also include future directions for assurance services, fraud, internal control and corporate governance issues.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4050
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dean Hanlon |
This unit examines a wide range of contemporary issues in financial accounting research, including development of financial accounting theory, contracting theory and accounting policy choice (e.g., debt contracts and management compensation), corporate governance, earnings quality, information content of earnings and its components, post-earnings announcement drift and other accounting anomalies, and market reaction to accounting regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4070
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
The major theoretical foundations of the management accounting discipline including the economics (agency), psychology (behavioural, etc.) and organisational (contingency) approaches are introduced. The unit shows how these disciplines have influenced the view of managers. Management accounting is presented as a professional discipline primarily concerned with influencing and facilitating decisions, and several accounting technologies are critically assessed. This unit focuses on technologies which are useful in the short and medium term including budgeting and incentive plans as well as those that take a long-term or strategic viewpoint.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0171 or 0181 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4090
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit examines the association between financial reporting information and capital markets. Specific areas of focus include accounting-based valuation models, discussions of pricing of information risk in the context of the capital asset pricing models, expected cost of equity capital, implied cost of equity capital, cost of debt, and application of cost of capital to auditing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Vic Naiker (Semester 1)
Professor Farshid Navissi (Semester 2)
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit considers both theoretical and professional issues relevant to the various subdisciplines of accounting. The unit provides students with an overview of behavioural research in each of the following areas: management accounting and accounting information systems, financial accounting and auditing. Students are also provided with an appreciation of some of the issues involved in the most commonly applied research methods in behavioural accounting research.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Commerce (Honours), Postgraduate Diploma in Economics and Commerce or equivalent.
AFX4190
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting and Finance |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit introduces auditing covering the responsibilities, functions and qualities of the auditor. The unit reviews the audit process from planning to the completion of the audit and includes the going concern concept; fraud and error; audit evidence; engagement and planning; internal controls and substantive procedures; completion of the audit and special audit investigations. The tests of control and substantive tests performed on the following business cycles are also included: revenue and receipts; acquisitions and payments; inventory and production; payroll and personnel.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFW1002 or equivalent and BTW1201 before undertaking this unit.
AFW2041, AFW2760, AFW3941, AFW3942
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Andrew West |
This unit requires students to examine a broad range of social and cultural issues that impact upon global business. Rather than prescribing "how" these issues are to be managed, it encourages an awareness and appreciation of the arguments surrounding these issues. Through the use of case studies, students are confronted with some specific challenges of doing business in a global context. The unit provides some preparation for BBusCom(Global) students prior to their semester at an overseas campus.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in the BBusCom(Global)
BEW2622
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
This unit provides students with an opportunity to undertake work in an organisational environment broadly related to their field of academic study. Students will undertake approved projects for an employer, which will contribute to the overall goals of the organisation. The unit will require students to apply theoretical and conceptual knowledge to practical workplace situations as well as develop self-awareness, personal and professional competencies necessary for a high level of employability.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Completion of workplace objectives: 30%
assignment on placement (7000 words): 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment in this unit is not available via WES. Course Director approval is required prior to enrolment and approval will be dependent upon completion of 96 credit points (including appropriate units for the area of work placement) with an overall average of 65% for all units undertaken.
BEW3150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
A capstone major project, demonstrating the skills and knowledge acquired by the student during the course. It can be a practical on-the-job study or an in-depth study of a sports event management issue through research. It will involve the submission of a major written report and a class presentation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students require permission before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in course 3926 to undertake this unit.
BEW3200
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
This unit presents students with real-life business projects provided by actual employers, thereby allowing students to apply their university learning to an actual business scenario, providing students with experience in tailoring their academic-based learning to the needs of an industry-based partner, and networking with potential employers. This will prepare students for work or professional practice by integrating theoretical knowledge with practice. Being exposed to a work related problem or case study, students will conduct a situational and industry analysis and develop a strategy and recommendations to address the problem.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment in this unit is not available via WES. Course coordinator approval is required prior to enrolment and approval will be dependent upon completion of 96 credit points (including appropriate units for the area of work placement) with an overall average of 60% for all units undertaken.
BEW3100, BEW3150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas S2-SS2 2015 (Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas S2-SS2 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas S2-SS2 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield S2-SS2 2015 (Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Full year 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Puspavathy Rassiah |
Students will undertake approved projects for an employer, which will contribute to the organisation and facilitate the development of work place skills and application of knowledge to a practical situation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Employer assessment: 30%, Work placement / Project report: 70%.
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment in this unit is not available via WES. Course director approval is required prior to enrolment and approval will be dependent upon completion of 96 credit points (including appropriate units for the area of work placement) with an overall average of 65% for all units undertaken.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit aims to develop students' understanding of qualitative research, with specific focus on qualitative research philosophy, qualitative research design and qualitative research methods. This unit explores topics such as: paradigmatic approaches to research; research design; negotiation of access to research sites/participants; researcher ethics; methods of qualitative data collection such as observation, interviews, focus groups and non-intrusive data collection; methods of data analysis; issues of qualitative research validity; and qualitative writing.
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jason Ng Wei Jian |
An in-depth introduction to quantitative research methods. This subject is one of two that together supply the research methodology skills and knowledge necessary for students to complete an independent research project at the honours level. It provides a comprehensive coverage of quantitative research methodologies. Topics include: survey studies/correlational field studies; forms of regression; analysis of variances; discriminant analysis; factor analysis; non-parametric statistics.
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uma Devi Jogulu |
Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this subject allows a student to independently gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business and commerce as a foundation to the completion of an honours project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.
Assessment will be through a combination of assignments, examinations, and written reports appropriate to the selected area of study and associated activities.
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uma Devi Jogulu |
Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this subject allows a student to independently gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business and commerce as a foundation to the completion of an honours research project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.
Assignments, examinations and written reports appropriate to the selected area of study and associated activities
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Full year 2015 (Day) South Africa Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uma Devi Jogulu |
Students work under the guidance of a supervisor to plan, carry out, and report on an original research project that addresses a significant issues in business; this research project is likely to have substantial practical outcomes or implications; as well, it is hoped that students and supervisors will publish the work in an appropriate journal.
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 576 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit highlights the importance of financial literacy and understanding of relevant laws and consumer behaviour when making personal consumption, investment and financing decisions. Students explore a range of topics relevant to individual decision-making involving legal, marketing and finance considerations. The legal related topics include how the law protects consumers, what contracts mean for individuals, and an introduction to relevant tax laws affecting individuals such as PAYG, superannuation, and HECS. The marketing related topics include key areas of marketing affecting individuals' purchasing decisions such as product management, pricing, branding, distribution and communications, and insights into the psychology of consumer behaviour. Financial literacy is developed through finance related topics including understanding the financial system and what it can do for individuals, the time value of money and the implication for loans and investments, the different ways that individuals can invest their wealth, individuals' risk-return preferences and individuals' need to invest for retirement. Students are also introduced to social and ethical behaviour and the role of philanthropy in society.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Students enrolled in Faculty of Business and Economics courses or associated double degrees cannot enrol in this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael White |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor David Harris |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | John Stapleton |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Catherine Forbes |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Prato Winter semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nell Kimberley |
This unit requires students to examine a broad range of social, cultural, legal and political issues that can impact on the strategy and operations of businesses operating in a global business environment. Through the use of readings, case studies, and an analysis of current events students are confronted with some specific challenges of doing business in a global context. These may include but are not limited to: corruption; crime; terrorism; environmental concerns; codes of conduct; sustainability; appropriate development, stakeholder relationships; cultural relativism, globalisation; and nationalism; patriotism; and corporate citizenship. Rather than prescribing "how" these issues should to be managed, the unit encourages an awareness and appreciation of the arguments surrounding these issues.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed at least 48 Monash credit points (60 ECTS) of study prior to enrolling in this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Colin Jevons |
This unit is the capstone unit for the Bachelor of Business and as such draws together the learning and experiences gained from previous business units. The unit provides students the opportunity to demonstrate being critical and creative scholars and responsible and effective global citizens, and gain an understanding of multi-disciplinary decision-making in organisations. The opportunity is via a complex project-based programme in which cultural and ethical perspectives are also assessed. Students will develop and demonstrate their career-readiness in this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed 96 credit points.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0312, 0314, 0315, 0316, 0391, 0517, 0550, 0553, 0555, 0556, 0816, 1197, 1333, 1334, 1337, 1339, 2601, 2902, 3154, 3158, 3806, 3819, 3829, 4098, 4426 or 4503
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rob Brooks |
This unit comprises work place experience in a relevant organisation. Students will gain skills relevant to their area of business and an increased insight into the business professions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
1. enable the students to undertake, and reflect upon, an industry placements/organisational learning activity of relevance to their studies.
Students must be granted permission by the Course Director before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Berwick Winter semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Winter semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Winter semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Winter semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Booth |
This unit is designed to provide students with the opportunity to put theory into practice in a business environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Permission required. Students must be participating in an approved program of advanced study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Booth |
This unit is designed to provide students with the opportunity to put theory into practice in a business environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Permission required. Students must be participating in an approved program of advanced study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Booth |
This unit is designed to provide students with the opportunity to put theory into practice in a business environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 576 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
Permission required. Students must be participating in an approved program of advanced study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Berwick Winter semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Winter semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Winter semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Winter semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Booth |
This unit is designed to provide students with the opportunity to put theory into practice in a business environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Permission required. Students must be participating in an approved program of advanced study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Booth |
This unit is designed to provide students with the opportunity to put theory into practice in a business environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Permission required. Students must be participating in an approved program of advanced study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
In an increasingly globalised world the ability to recognise and reflect on how various global issues affect businesses is of considerable importance. Similarly, cooperation and teamwork skills that involve people from different locations and backgrounds are of particular use to many organisations. This unit focuses on developing these abilities and skills, addressing various global issues and how they affect business, as well as aspects of global citizenship, cultural sensitivity and effective teamwork. The unit includes extensive supervised teamwork in which students complete tasks by working in teams across Monash campuses.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed the six compulsory core units (or equivalent), four 2nd level units and two 3rd level units.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Berwick Winter semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Winter semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Winter semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Winter semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Walker |
This unit is designed to enable students undertaking undergraduate degrees in business and economics to undertake an individual research project in the general area of business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed at least 72 Monash credit points (90 ECTS) of study prior to enrolling in this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr John Stapleton |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
On completion of this unit students should demonstrate an understanding of a financial system, its operation and component parts; yield curve analysis, the term structure of interest rates, and exchange rate interaction; sources and types of business finance, short, medium and long term, domestic and overseas, and associate pricing formulae; the structure and operation of Australian financial institutions and markets; the major types of risk and the derivative products available to manage financial risk; the structure, functions and role of prudential supervision in the financial markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Time value of money, theory of valuation, capital budgeting, portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model, efficient market theory, cost of capital, capital structure and dividend policy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of following: AFG1000, ACG1000, AFP1000, ACP1000, AFW1000, ACW1000 or AFW1001 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
On completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of the conceptual foundations of modern portfolio theory, using pricing models and other techniques in the valuation of securities; appreciate the effect of market efficiency on the valuation process; measure portfolio risk and determine performance benchmarks; and be able to take an applied perspective on investment management and analysis in the Australian environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: AFG2631, AFW2631, BFB2631, BFC2140, AFC2140, BFF2631, AFF2631, BFG2631, BFP2631, AFP2631, BFW2631 or AFW3044 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The unit provides a broad overview of the functioning of a developed financial system. Coverage includes retail and wholesale payments systems; the roles of deposit-taking institutions; insurance corporations and funds management within the financial system; and their sources and application of funds. The role and function of the main financial markets including the money market, bond market, share market, foreign exchange market and derivatives market. The role and responsibilities of the central bank and prudential supervisor.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Minh Viet Do (First semester)
Dr Andrew Sanford (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The impact of financing and investment decisions on business enterprises, with particular focus on public companies. Topics include the goals of the firm and investors, investment evaluation models, valuation of equity and debt instruments, fixed interest securities, sources and types of available finance, issues in risk and return, portfolio theory, asset pricing models, issues in capital structure and dividend policy, and the efficiency of capital markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Hue Hwa Au Yong (First semester)
Dr YangYang Chen (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include asset classes and returns, the Australian managed funds industry, superannuation, portfolio theory, asset pricing models and market efficiency, behavioural finance, security valuation techniques, portfolio performance evaluations and the CFA Institute code of ethics and standards of professional conduct.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Manapon Limkriangkrai (First semester)
Dr Viet Nga Cao (Second semester)
Students must have passed one of the following: AFC2140, BFC2140, AFC1100 (pre 2009) and AFC2100 (pre 2009) before undertaking this unit.
AFC2240
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics covered in this unit include: an introduction to mathematics of finance, rates of interest, rates of discount, present and accumulated value of cash flows under fixed and variable rates of interest, equation of value, applications to debt and retirement income stream markets, in particular the Australian annuity, short-term money market and capital markets; factors affecting accumulation under the Superannuation Guarantee Scheme; economic factors affecting the yield curve, zero coupon bonds, zero coupon bond yield curve, pricing bonds, bond yields, callable bonds, effect of tax on yield, annuity bonds, hybrids, CGB futures and options on futures, interest rate risk management by immunisation, stochastic models for cash flows and stochastic rates of interest, calculation of moments of present values and accumulations, arbitrage-free asset pricing, hedging, optimal conversion of lump sum to a retirement income stream.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFC2000, BFC2000, AFC1100 (pre 2009) or AFC2100 (pre 2009) before undertaking this unit.
AFC2340
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit extends corporate finance concepts introduced in BFC2140. Topics include equity financing, asset pricing and cost of capital, risk management, real options, capital structure, mergers and acquisitions, corporate governance and international corporate finance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 25%
Examination: 75%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Philip Gharghori (First semester)
Dr Hue Hwa Au Yong (Second semester)
AFC2140 or BFC2140
AFC3140
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Major issues involved in the financial management of banks and other deposit-taking financial institutions. Topics include performance measurement; asset/liability management for liquidity risk, credit risk, interest rate risk; and regulation of depository institutions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC2140 or BFC2140
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include the international financial system, institutions and market practices; international finance theorems and their application; Euromarkets; international debt and equity raising; measurement of foreign exchange risk; managing foreign exchange exposure; foreign currency futures, options and swaps, international portfolio investment and capital budgeting and international trade finance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC2140 or BFC2140
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include institutional aspects of how financial derivatives markets operate, use of and factors affecting the price of options in equity, currency and interest rate markets, the pricing of and uses of futures, forward contracts and swaps, new financial derivative instruments in Australia.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Jonathan Batten (First semester)
Associate Professor Paul Lajbcygier (Second semester)
AFC2140 or BFC2140
AFF3751, BFF3751, AFC3340
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Antony Cusack |
Topics covered include superannuation economics and demographics, industry structure and regulation, products available from fund managers, life offices and superannuation trusts, actuarial mathematics, the mortality table, factors affecting selection, endowments, assurances, single, joint and longest life annuities, application to comparative evaluation of commercial retirement products, financial planners and the financial planning function, accreditation, responsibilities and duties, determination of client objectives and risk profiles, and strategies for superannuation and social security.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC2240 or BFC2240
AFF3111, BFF3111, AFC3440, BFG3210
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include the development and application of financial spreadsheets, Excel and Visual Basic programming in financial modelling, modelling company financial statements, fixed income securities analysis, asset allocation and portfolio analysis, optimization using Solver, technical analysis of financial markets, Interest rate models, option pricing models, numerical methods and risk management models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFC2140, BFC2140, AFC2240, BFC2240, AFC2340, BFC2340.
AFC3540
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
On completion of this unit students should demonstrate an understanding of a financial system, its operation and component parts; yield curve analysis, the term structure of interest rates, and exchange rate interaction; sources and types of business finance, short, medium and long term, domestic and overseas, and associate pricing formulae; the structure and operation of Australian financial institutions and markets; the major types of risk and the derivative products available to manage financial risk; the structure, functions and role of prudential supervision in the financial markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics covered include multinational firms and globalisation; foreign direct investment; political risk; foreign exchange markets; currency derivatives (currency options and forward contracts); measuring and managing transaction exposure; cost of capital and capital structure for multinational firms; fundamentals of capital budgeting; international capital budgeting and exchange rate effects; international cash management; transfer pricing and international tax strategies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40% & Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit examines the major risks and issues faced by Australian financial institutions within the context of the global environment. Topics include an introduction to the Australian banking environment, bank performance, management of bank risks including credit, capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, loan pricing, liability management, investment management and capital adequacy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Hannah Nguyen (First semester)
Professor Michael Skully (Second semester)
AFF1300 or BFF1300
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Time value of money, theory of valuation, capital budgeting, portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model, dividend policy, capital structure and the efficient market hypothesis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Zoltan Murgulov (First semester)
Dr Manapon Limkriangkrai (Second semester)
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFF1000, ACF1000, AFF1110 (pre 2009), ACP1000, AFF2631or AFP1000.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
An overview of the role of equity markets. Topics cover types of equity instruments; the role of broker and market maker; trading conventions and listing requirements of the ASX; the structure and operation of major overseas stock exchanges; an introduction to market micro structure theory; the enterprise market; other markets of the ASX; current issues related to Australia's equity markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Imon Palit (First semester)
Dr Huu Duong (Second semester)
AFF2701
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andrew Child |
This unit provides an introduction to financial planning. Coverage includes: the legislative and economic environment; the role of financial service advisers; licensing and disclosure; investment strategies, products, and related taxation implications, with particular reference to securities and managed investments; social security; superannuation, pensions and other retirement issues; estate planning; and the financial planning process.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC3440, BFC3440, AFF3111
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
On completion of this unit students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of the conceptual foundations of modern portfolio theory, using pricing models and other techniques in the valuation of securities; appreciate the effect of market efficiency on the valuation process; measure portfolio risk and determine performance benchmarks; and be able to take an applied perspective on investment management and analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFF2631, BFF2631, AFG2631, BFG2631, AFW2631, BFW2631, AFF3121 or AFW3044.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit will combine classroom teaching and direct observance experience of the money markets covering background to the money markets, participants, interest rate and exchange rate determination, instruments traded in the money and currency markets, strategies and money and currency market trading operations. The simulated treasury dealing room (STARLab) will be used extensively in this course. This is a specialist, practically oriented unit where attendance is compulsory as assessment is based on classroom activities.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Viet Nga Cao (First semester)
Dr Imon Palit (Second semester)
Students must have passed AFF2401, BFF2401 or equivalent before undertaking this unit.
AFF3301
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The international monetary system, the international parity conditions, the foreign exchange market, international financing strategies and techniques, the Euromarkets, and multinational banking.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Roger Love |
This unit will examine the development of investment/merchant banking in Australia and overseas; specialised financial services in project finance, structured finance and infrastructure finance; venture capital; initial public offering activities; financial advisory work including mergers and acquisitions; investment funds management activities; privatisation and corporatisation; and future directions of investment banking.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF2631 or BFF2631
AFF3351
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The role of treasury, coordination and management of the treasury operation, quantitative and qualitative risk analysis, risk management process and hedging techniques, role and mechanics of derivative products, performance measurement and evaluation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Tram Vu (First semester)
Dr Zhe An (Second semseter)
AFW3651, BFW3651, AFF3651
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit examines the institutional features of futures and options markets, the use of futures, options and other derivatives in arbitraging, trading and hedging, and pricing of these instruments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF2401 or BFF2401
AFC3340, BFC3340, AFF3751
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Glenn Emery |
Lending environment; decision making and organisation of lending, lending policies and controls; behavioural aspects of decision making and decision makers; retail, commercial and corporate lending; business expansions; off balance sheet lending; loan management and problem loans.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Michael Skully (First semester)
Dr Jean Pierre Fenech (Second semester)
AFW3841, BFW3841, AFF3841
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
On completion of this unit students should demonstrate an understanding of a financial system, its operation and component parts; yield curve analysis, the term structure of interest rates, and exchange rate interaction sources and types of business finance, short, medium and long term, domestic and overseas, and associate pricing formulae; the structure and operation of Australian financial institutions and markets; the major types of risk and the derivative products available to manage financial risk, the structure, functions and role of prudential supervision in the financial markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sisira Colombage |
Time value of money, Theory of valuation, capital budgeting, portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model, efficient market theory, cost of capital, capital structure and dividend policy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFW1000, ACW1000, AFW1001 (pre 2009) AFG1000 or ACG1000 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
On completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of the conceptual foundations of modern portfolio theory, using pricing models and other techniques in the valuation of securities; appreciate the effect of market efficiency on the valuation process; measure portfolio risk and determine performance benchmarks; and be able to take an applied perspective on investment management and analysis in the Australian environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFW2631, BFW2631, AFG2631, BFG2631, AFG3044 or AFW3044 before undertaking this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Time value of money, theory of valuation, capital budgeting, portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model, dividend policy, capital structure and the efficient market hypothesis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFP1000 or ACP1000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit expands upon the basic accounting and finance concepts introduced to students in ACP1000, with emphasis on the application of those concepts to a range of problems of relevance to the sport industry. On completion, students will have a clear understanding, within a sport industry context, of the application, role and importance of financial statement preparation and analysis, costing and budgeting principles, sources of finance for sport facilities and events, and the financial aspects of sport facilities management. Emphasis within the unit will be on the utilisation of spreadsheets for analysis, control and budgeting purposes.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60% Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit introduces the principles of financial management, strategy and risk management. The unit addresses the following fundamental areas: Development, evaluation and management of strategy, risk management, introduction to corporate finance and financial management; an introduction to working with financial statements; the principles of time value of money and valuation of future cash flows; interest rates and bond valuations, share valuations, net present value and investment criteria; an introduction to capital budgeting principles and its relationship with the future cash flow valuation.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFG1000, ACG1000, AFW1000, ACW1000 or AFW1001 (pre 2009) before undertaking this unit.
AFW2780, AFW3005, AFS2780
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit builds upon the understanding, knowledge and skills developed in AFS2780/BFS2780 (Corporate finance A). The unit provides a detailed examination of selected topics in corporate finance. These topics include: capital market history, risk and return, cost of capital, raising capital, financial leverage and capital structure, dividend policy, short-term finance and planning, current asset management, advanced capital budgeting, mergers , leasing, analysis and interpretation and valuations.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW2780, BFS2780 or AFS2780
AFW3005, AFW3790, AFS3790
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
On completion of this unit students should demonstrate an understanding of a financial system, its operation and component parts; yield curve analysis, the term structure of interest rates, and exchange rate interaction; sources and types of business finance, short, medium and long term, domestic and overseas, and associate pricing formulae; the structure and operation of Australian financial institutions and markets; the major types of risk and the derivative products available to manage financial risk; the structure, functions and role of prudential supervision in the financial markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics covered include: Shariah and rationale for Islamic banking; history of Islamic banking; deposit, financing and other banking facilities; Islamic financial markets; Islamic finance in selected countries; and contemporary issues.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW1310
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics covered include multinational firms and globalisation; foreign direct investment; political risk; foreign exchange markets; currency derivatives (currency options and forward contracts); measuring and managing transaction exposure; cost of capital and capital structure for multinational firms; fundamentals of capital budgeting; international capital budgeting and exchange rate effects; international cash management; transfer pricing and international tax strategies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit examines the major risks and issues faced by financial institutions within the context of the global environment. Topics include an introduction to the banking environment, bank performance, management of bank risks including credit, capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, loan pricing, liability management, investment management and capital adequacy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Time value of money, Theory of valuation, capital budgeting, portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model, efficient market theory, cost of capital, capital structure and dividend policy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFG1000, ACG1000, AFP1000, ACO1000, AFW1000, ACW1000 or AFW1001 (pre 2009).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
On completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of the conceptual foundations of modern portfolio theory, using pricing models and other techniques in the valuation of securities; appreciate the effect of market efficiency on the valuation process; measure portfolio risk and determine performance benchmarks; and be able to take an applied perspective on investment management and analysis in the Australian environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed AFG2631, BFG2631, AFW2631, BFW2631 or AFW3044 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The international monetary system, debt and country risk, the foreign exchange market, international financing strategies and techniques, the Euro-markets, and multinational banking.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Treasury functions; risk assessment evaluation; strategy formulation and implementation; liquidity and cash management; audit and control.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFW2401 or BFW2401
AFF3651, BFF3651, AFW3651
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Lending environment; decision making and organisation of lending, lending policies and controls; behavioural aspects of decision making and decision-makers; retail, commercial and corporate lending; business expansions; off balance sheet lending; loan management and problem loans.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed two units from the following: AFW2401 or BFW2401 AND AFG2631 or BFG2631, OR AFW2631 or BFW2631 before undertaking this unit.
AFF3841, BFF3841, AFW3841
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Historically, investment and finance decisions have been made with the assumption that financial markets are informationally efficient. This unit will explore the notion that market efficiency assumptions are idealistic by bringing in the concepts of psychology, sociology, and behavioural economics and how the investor mind works in a broader societal setting. This will allow for better understanding of the investor's mind, resulting in intelligent investment practices. This unit is interdisciplinary, encompassing areas such as financial economics and cognitive sciences with both experimental and theoretical components.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr John Flaherty |
This unit considers characteristics of property investment, valuation of real estate assets, real estate market analysis, the role of equilibrium asset pricing models, real estate and portfolio theory, measurement of risk and return, indices and pricing models, the effect of leverage and taxation, real estate in mixed asset portfolios, listed and unlisted property trusts, property management and development projects.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX3355
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Monash Passport category | International Short Field Experience (Explore Program) |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
The unit is designed to provide students with the conceptual foundations of the functions and institutions of the international financial system. To impart an understanding and appreciation of the current issues underlying the international area of finance, and to develop a practical understanding of the markets and financial techniques used by international banks and multinational organisations. To develop a practical understanding and appreciation of cultural differences within the area of international banking and finance through an overseas visitation program.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: AFC2140, BFC2140, AFF2401, BFF2401, AFF2631, BFF2631, AFG2631, BFG2631, AFW2401, BFW2401, BFW2631 or AFW2631.
AFX3551, ACX3551, AFX3871
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Students will be introduced to research methodologies used in finance and will prepare a research proposal. The primary focus is on understanding the process of scientific research, which includes topic identification, literature review, hypothesis development, data requirements and appropriate empirical methodologies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 75%
Examination: 25%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Students conduct a critical review of the literature relevant to their study; derive appropriate hypotheses for testing; devise an empirical test of the hypotheses showing regard to practical problems of conducting research, ethical considerations, and principles of scientific method; conduct a planned study and manage any problems arising in the data collection; select and conduct an appropriate analysis of the data; and write a report on the project, showing due regard to relevant stylistic conventions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 432 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average seven/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit has two key components. The first half covers aspects of theoretical and empirical financial modelling, including modelling the stock price behaviour, consumption-based asset pricing models, multifactor models, two beta, ICAPM, intertemporal asset pricing models, mean-variance frontier and beta representations, bayesian alphas and mutual fund persistence, a bayesian and bootstrap analysis, performance measures of the hedge fund returns. The second half covers technical skills in building Excel models to solve problems in Finance. The aim is to bridge the gap between financial theory and practice. To achieve this, students will learn modelling skills in Excel and be introduced to VBA programming concepts and techniques.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4030
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
The objective of this course is to develop critical economic reasoning and understanding of important empirical regularities in corporate finance. This unit builds on introductory corporate finance studies and analyses a variety of issues by introducing a study of recent empirical literature. There is a strong focus on research with a selective and critical examination of theoretical and empirical research in corporate finance. The advanced topics covered include market efficiency and event studies, security offerings, corporate takeovers, and capital structure, dividend policy, corporate governance and financial tunnelling.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4060
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit draws on the academic literature to provide a study of a range of topics relating to banking and finance. It presents a basis for students intending to undertake research into banking and related finance questions. Topics covered include theory of financial intermediation, risk management, efficiency assessment, competition modelling and bank regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4080
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit provides students with an advanced applied perspective to a broad range of research methodology and testing procedures used in accounting and finance research. Students who have completed this unit should, at an advanced level, be able to collect qualitative and quantitative data using a variety of research techniques; to apply advanced statistical techniques to the analysis of quantitative data; to design non-probability and probability samples; to deal with advanced issues in cross-sectional, panel and time series data and to conduct research ethically.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX4000 or ACX4000
AFX4110
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit will examine empirical research in asset pricing and investments. It will develop students knowledge and ability to apply empirical techniques to conduct research in asset pricing and investments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) to undertake this unit.
AFX4120
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Samantha Taylor |
Liability for defective products; liability for misleading advice or information; contract law; agency law; partnership law; introduction to company law; company officers' duties.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students enrolled in course code 0816 must be granted permission to undertake this unit.
Students must be enrolled in course 1941, 2224, 2552, 3173, 4423 or 4436 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Samantha Taylor |
Topics include the Corporations Act scheme; the role and functions of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission; the concept of limited liability; the effect of registration; the corporate constitution; the company's relationship with outsiders; share and loan capital; regulation of public fund raising; duties of directors, officers and promoters; rights of members and minority shareholder protection; forms of corporate insolvency administrations, particularly as they affect creditors, officers and shareholders.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit provides an introduction to Australian income tax law and practice. Topics include: Australian tax jurisdictional issues, assessable income from personal exertion, property and business, capital gains tax and fringe benefits tax, exempt income, deductions, both general and specific, GST, individual offsets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTB1200, BTG1200 or BTW1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit involves a study of the legal framework which operates in relation to marketing decisions and practice. It examines the impact of common law, legislation and self-regulating codes of practice in the market place. Particular topics covered include intellectual property rights, product development and promotion, product safety and quality, the regulation of unfair and anti-competitive conduct and electronic marketing and the law.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Topics covered include taxation of business entities, tax planning issues on acquisition and disposal of a business, retirement (superannuation) and estate planning, tax administration and anti-avoidance and tax agent ethics covering the obligations under the Tax Agents Services Act 2009.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: BTB1010, BTC1110, BTF1010, BTG1200, BTP1010, BTW1042 or BTW1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Roger GambleMr Mathews Thomas (Second semester) |
An introduction to legal studies and to the legal system of Australia with special emphasis on commercial aspects. The laws of negligence as it affects business and the professional is introduced, and aspects of the law of contract, consumer law, agency, partnership, trusts and an introduction to companies of relevance to commerce.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Roger Gamble (First semester)
Mr Mathews Thomas (Second semester)
Student must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0023, 0032, 0169, 0170, 0179, 0542, 0548, 1185, 1319, 1320, 1469, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2026, 2630, 3050, 3176, 3178, 3275, 3280, 3804, 3805, 3823, 3830, 3834, 4097, 4403, 4410, 4417, 4419, 4425, 4428, 4615 or 4097.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mathews Thomas |
The law affecting Australian enterprises engaged in international business. Topics include international trade conventions; import and export procedures; carriage of goods by sea and air; bills of lading and the Hague-Visby rules; finance of international trade; payment and documentary credits; the use of negotiable instruments in international trade; international commercial arbitration and marine insurance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTC1110 or BTC2110 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Wayne Gumley |
This unit examines the evolution of regulatory strategies for environmental protection in response to systemic crises such as climate change and natural resource depletion, from traditional 'command and control' approaches to more recent behavioural and market based strategies, with particular focus upon the increasing recognition of the principles of ecologically sustainable development by courts and legislators.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ken Devos (First semester); Mr Jonathan Teoh (Second semester) |
An introduction to Australian taxation. Topics include residence and source; assessable income; capital gains; GST; FBT; allowable deductions including repairs, deductions and substantiation; and individual offsets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
To practice as a tax agent in Australia, an accountant is expected to be registered with the Commonwealth Government's Tax Practioner's Board. This unit has been designed to satisfy the requirements of one of two courses required for registration as a tax agent.
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Ken Devos (First semester)
Mr Jonathan Teoh (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Paul Latimer |
Aspects of the legal and regulatory environment that affects financial decisions, transactions and relationships. Includes the laws regulating financial institutions and the banker/customer relationship; cheques; electronic payments; bills of exchange; bank lending, business finance and security; consumer credit; guarantees and bankruptcy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 25%
Examination: 75%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTC1110 or equivalent before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Sugden |
The legal framework which operates in relation to marketing decisions and practice. The impact of common law, legislation and self-regulating codes of practice in the market place. Particular topics include intellectual property rights, product development and promotion, product safety and quality, the regulation of unfair and anti-competitive conduct, franchising and electronic marketing and the law.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Jonathan Teoh |
Topics covered include taxation of business entities, tax planning issues on acquisition and disposal of a business, retirement (superannuation) and estate planning, tax administration and anti-avoidance and tax agent ethics covering the obligations under the Tax Agents Services Act 2009.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: BTC1110, BTF1010, BTG1200, BTP1010, BTW1042 or BTW1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
The unit introduces students to contemporary developments in labour law, employment law, discrimination law and occupational health and safety law. It aims to develop knowledge and skills and understanding of the practical application of these areas of the law in Australian workplaces.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTC2720
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester A 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mark Bender (Caulfield); Ms Samantha Taylor (City, Melbourne) |
Liability for defective products; liability for misleading advice or information; contract law; agency law; partnership law; introduction to company law; company officers' duties.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Mark Bender (First Semester)
Ms Samantha Taylor (City, Melbourne)
Students enrolled in course code 0816 must be granted permission to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andrew Serpell |
This subject analyses and evaluates criminal conduct in the business world. It examines conduct within corporate entities which may lead to criminal (or other serious penalties) being imposed on corporations and/or individuals. Areas covered include industrial manslaughter, serious cartel conduct, liability for defective disclosure and insider trading. The subject considers the legal and practical difficulties which arise in detecting and prosecuting corporate crime.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTF1010 or equivalent
BTW2223, BTG2223
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Matt Nichol |
Banking Law examines key aspects of the legal regulation of banking in Australia. Topics covered in this lecture include:
The learning outcomes for this unit are for students to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anne O'Rourke |
Legal implications of staff-management decisions. Individual employer-employee relationship; contract of employment; wages-work bargain; recruitment law; discrimination law; termination law including unfair dismissals; mutuality of legal rights and obligations; health and safety law in the workplace; vicarious liability; industrial action and constitutional considerations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Wayne Gumley |
An introduction to environmental law in Australia with special emphasis on its application to business and development projects. Covering:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Sugden |
The legal framework which operates in relation to marketing decisions and practice. Topics discussed include unfair trading practices, intellectual property rights (patents, trade marks, copyright and designs), anti-competitive conduct and new marketing practices. The unit places the laws controlling unfair and anti-competitive practices within the wider economic context.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nicola Charwat |
The law affecting Australian enterprises engaged in international business. Topics include international trade conventions; import and export procedures; carriage of goods by sea and air; bills of lading and the Hague-Visby rules; finance of international trade; payment and documentary credits; the use of negotiable instruments in international trade; international commercial arbitration and marine insurance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTF1010 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rick Krever |
An introduction to the Chinese taxation system. Topics include: the legal framework and governing authorities; Turnover Tax (Value Added Tax and Excise Tax); Business Tax, Enterprise Income Tax; and Individual Income Tax and tax incentives.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Jonathan Teoh |
Assessable income and exempt income; deductions; capital gains tax; fringe benefits tax; goods and services tax; residence and source; individual offsets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
An introduction to legal studies and to the legal system of Australia with special emphasis on business aspects. The topics covered include: introduction to the Australian legal system; the tort of negligence with an emphasis on negligent misstatement; the law of contract; business structures, with particular emphasis on partnerships and corporations and the law of agency
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (open book): 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Topics include the Corporations Law scheme; the role and functions of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission; the concept of limited liability; the effect of registration; the corporate constitution; the company's relationship with outsiders; share and loan capital; regulation of public fund raising; duties of directors, officers and promoters; rights of members and minority shareholder protection; forms of corporate insolvency administrations, particularly as they affect creditors, officers and shareholders; trusts, trustees, beneficiaries and third parties.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTW1200 or BTG1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michelle Welsh |
An overview of conduct that constitutes criminality in the business world. It draws together from the various areas of business law and taxation provisions governing inappropriate conduct within corporate entities, which have the potential to attract criminal and/or other serious sanctions. It discusses the mechanisms for detecting and penalising such offences and the possible penalties.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTW1200 or BTG1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sisira Colombage |
This unit provides an introduction to Australian income tax law and practice. Topics include: Australian tax jurisdictional issues, assessable income from personal exertion, property and business, capital gains tax and fringe benefits tax, exempt income, deductions, both general and specific, accounting for trading stock, taxation of partnership, company and trust income, GST, tax avoidance and evasion.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTW1200 or BTG1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Christopher Coney |
Students will examine the role of commercial law in shaping business structures, transactions and conduct.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Matt Nichol |
Students will examine the role of law in the context of sport regulation and policy. Examination of topics including player liability, disciplinary tribunals, management, doping, intellectual property and marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTP1010 or equivalent (BTW1200)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
An introduction to the South African legal system, its history, structure, sources of law and interpretation of statutes. Particular emphasis is placed on the law as it affects business. This includes the banking law on paying instruments and modes of payment. The law of delict, contract and agency as they affect business are examined. The basic principles of the law of partnerships, companies and other bodies corporate are also introduced. Specific contracts, such as purchases and sales, leases, insurance and credit agreements are dealt with. This unit includes an introduction to various specific aspects of commercial law, including labour law, the law of unjust enrichment, the laws of trust, insolvency and administration of estates.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Benjamin Kujinga |
An examination of business entities law at an advanced level, with emphasis on the law of partnership, company law, the law of close corporations and the law of business trusts. An examination will also be made of the law relating to specific contracts, e.g. contracts of purchase, sale and lease, property transactions and credit agreements. The law pertaining to suretyship, mortgage and pledge will be examined as will the law of agency.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30 %
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTW2201
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Teresa Calvert-Pidduck |
This unit provides an introduction to the principles and practices of taxation in South Africa. Topics covered include: gross income; special inclusions; exempt income; allowable deductions; special deductions; capital allowances; capital gains tax; value added tax (VAT); and South African tax law. This unit is a requirement for students wanting to register as a Chartered Accountant with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTW2301
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rufaro Gweshe |
An examination of the Law of Negotiable Instruments, which will include an analysis of the concept of negotiability and the law relating to cheques and bills of exchange. Then will follow an examination of the Law of Insurance; the Law of Insolvency; Labour Law, including that which pertains to individual contracts of employment and collective bargaining; Alternative Dispute Resolution available to businesses seeking to settle disputes by means other than litigation; and the Law pertaining to money laundering and asset forfeiture. In all instances the essential elements of the law is examined, as are the implications of each law on business practice.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTW3301
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit introduces value added tax (VAT) and includes an examination of the taxation of residents, sole traders, close corporations and companies. It also includes an examination of the tax implications of company distributions and donations. This unit is a requirement for those students following the route to the qualification of Chartered Accountant (South Africa).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTW2301 or BTS2301
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit introduces the accounts of executives, liquidators and trustees and examines how estates are taxed. It also includes an examination of capital gains tax, fringe benefits, retirement benefits, employees' and provisional tax, tax avoidance and administrative procedures, including objection and appeals. This unit is a requirement for those students following the route to the qualification of Chartered Accountant (South Africa).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTW3302 or BTS3302
BTW3303
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Adnan Trakic |
This unit introduces the student to the salient features of the Malaysian legal system, the various dispute resolution techniques and examines the main areas of law that regulate the business environment in Malaysia. The focus of learning is on the law of contract, the law of misrepresentation, agency law, partnership law and aspects of company law. Comparative aspects of Australian laws will be highlighted where relevant.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
examination 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rufaro Gweshe |
An introduction to the South African legal system, its history, structure, sources of law and interpretation of statutes. Particular emphasis is placed on the law as it affects business. This includes the banking law on paying instruments and modes of payment. The laws of delict, contract and agency as they affect business are examined. The basic principles of the law of partnerships, companies and other bodies corporate are also introduced. Specific contracts, such as purchases and sales, leases, insurance and credit agreements are dealt with. This unit includes an introduction to various specific aspects of commercial law, including labour law, the law of unjust enrichment, the laws of trust, insolvency and administration of estates.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Keith Jordaan |
An introduction to the principles of the taxation of businesses, including an examination of: value-added tax (VAT); capital allowances; business income and expenses; sole traders; partnerships; companies and close corporations; credit agreements and township developers; trust income; capital gains tax; donations tax and administrative procedures.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTW1201 and BTW2121
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Shanthy Rachagan |
The unit will focus on the law relating to corporate governance in Malaysia. It will begin with the need for good corporate governance in Malaysia and the factors that are involved in ensuring good corporate governance. It will focus on directors' duties and the need for the board to be independent of majority shareholders and their nominated directors and on the role that auditors and shareholders play in ensuring good corporate governance practices. The unit will also include the disclosure obligations of companies and how these rules are currently enforced. In all instances the essential elements of the law is examined, as are the implications of each law on business practice.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Abe Herzberg |
Topics include the Corporations Act scheme; the role and functions of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission; the concept of limited liability; the effect of registration; the corporate constitution; the company's relationship with outsiders; share and loan capital; regulation of public fund raising; duties of directors, officers and promoters; rights of members and minority shareholder protection; forms of corporate insolvency administrations, particularly as they affect creditors, officers and shareholders.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTG1200 or BTW1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Abdul Majid Nabi Baksh |
The unit introduces students to the legal framework within which individual employment relations operate in Malaysia and Australia. Topics include important workplace relations issues like the rights and duties underpinning the contract of employment, unfair dismissal, constructive dismissal, discrimination and occupational health and safety law. Selected International Labour Organisation Conventions are analysed in relation to aspects of current employment protection law and policy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Elsa Satkunasingam |
The Unit will focus on the law relating to corporate governance in Malaysia. It will begin with the need for good corporate governance in Malaysia and the factors that are involved in ensuring good corporate governance. It will focus on directors duties and the need for the board to be independent of majority shareholders and their nominated directors and on the role that auditors and shareholders play in ensuring good corporate governance practices. The Unit will also include the disclosure obligations of companies and how these rules are currently enforced. In all instances the essential elements of the law is examined, as are the implications of each law on business practice.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTG1200 or BTW1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Winter semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Priya Sharma |
The unit will explore current corporate governance issues in Malaysia and selected Asian developing countries and will involve a comparative study of how developed jurisdictions (Australia, UK, US and Singapore) have resolved these issues. The focus is on issues the role of the board of directors, auditors, shareholders and whistleblowers. The unit will highlight problems and resolutions to improve corporate governance in Malaysia.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jeyapalan Kasipillai |
The topics are similar to those covered by the equivalent Australian income tax law unit BTC3150, but lectures and tutorials will concentrate on the legislation and case law which applies in Malaysia. Topics include background to the Malaysian legal and taxation systems; income for businesses, individuals, companies, partnerships and trusts; deductions; capital allowances (the Malaysian equivalent of depreciation); personal reliefs; tax incentives; the limited capital gains tax; tax administration and tax avoidance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTC3153
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Priya Sharma |
The law affecting Australian enterprises engaged in international business. Topics include international trade conventions; import and export procedures; the sale of goods; carriage of goods by sea and air; bills of lading and the Hague-Visby rules; finance of international trade; payment and documentary credits; the use of negotiable instruments in international trade; international commercial arbitration and marine insurance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Jonathan Teoh |
This unit provides an introduction to Australian income tax law and practice. Topics include: Australian tax jurisdictional issues, assessable income from personal exertion, property and business, capital gains tax and fringe benefits tax, exempt income, deductions, both general and specific, GST, individual offsets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTG1200 or BTW1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit covers the main areas of conventional and Islamic financial regulations. This includes aspects of the legal environment that affect financial decisions, transactions and relationships in both conventional and Islamic finance. Topics covered are chosen from the laws regulating the financing implications of different forms of business organisation; financial institutions and the financial institutions/customer relationship; cheques; the laws regulating business finance and security and guarantees.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%.
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTW1200 or BTW1042
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anne O'Rourke |
Legal implications of staff management decisions, individual employer-employee relationship, contract of employment, termination law including unfair dismissals, health and safety law in the workplace, vicarious liability agreements, awards and industrial action, constitutional considerations and discrimination law.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BTG1200 or BTW1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Shanthy Rachagan (Malaysia) |
Aspects of the legal environment that affects financial decisions, transactions and relationships. Topics covered are chosen from the laws regulating the financing implications of different forms of business organisation; financial institutions; cheques, banking and the banker-customer relationship; electronic funds transfer; other negotiable instruments; the laws regulating business finance and security; hire-purchase and consumer credit; guarantees; bankruptcy and insolvency law, and debt recovery.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTC3200, BTC4320
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Loganathan Krishnan |
This unit involves a study of the legal framework which operates in relation to marketing decisions and practice. It examines the impact of common law, legislation and self-regulating codes of practice in the market place. Particular topics covered include intellectual property rights, product development and promotion, product safety and quality, the regulation of unfair and anti-competitive conduct and electronic marketing and the law.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jeanne Nel and Ms Nazreen Shaik-Peremanov |
An introduction to the principles of estate duty and planning. An examination of the administration of deceased estates and insolvent estates including the following: Principles of testate and intestate succession, role of the Master of the High Court, executor's role and the executor's account, application for sequestration and acts of insolvency, consequences of sequestration, role of the trustee, trustee's accounts, preferential creditors, encumbered assets, contribution, claim withdrawal, composition, insolvent deceased estates and partnerships, grounds for and methods of winding-up companies and close corporations, judicial management and rehabilitation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anne O'Rourke |
Topics include the separate legal entity status of companies and the concept of limited liability; the effect of registration; the corporate constitution; the company's relationship with outsiders; corporate management incorporating extensive consideration of directors' duties; share capital; regulation of public fund raising; members' remedies incorporating statutory remedies and common law rights of action; members' meetings; forms of corporate insolvency administrations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Paul Latimer |
Aspects of the legal and regulatory environment of the securities and futures industries, which derives from the interaction of statute law, case law, ASIC releases and ASX rules. Includes the regulation of financial services intermediaries by statute, case law and administration by ASIC and ASX; market regulation by ASIC and ASX; liability for misstatements and non-disclosure about financial products; licensing of brokers and investment advisers; the relationship of broker and client; conduct of securities and futures business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTF3091
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Diane Kraal |
Topics covered include taxation of business entities, tax planning issues on acquisition and disposal of a business, retirement (superannuation) and estate planning, tax administration and anti-avoidance and tax agent ethics covering the obligations under the Tax Agents Services Act 2009.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: BTC1110, BTF1010, BTG1200, BTP1010, BTW1042 or BTW1200 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Michael Duffy |
This unit provides students with an understanding of the general law of insolvency within an Australian context. The focus is on both personal insolvency through the bankruptcy process and corporate insolvency through liquidations, administrations and receiverships. The unit examines the role of insolvency administrators, the structure of such administrations, the effect on insolvents and the effect on creditors. There is also some discussion of the regulation of insolvency administrators.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Carolyn Sutherland |
This unit offers students an option to complete a unit by way of a research project. The project requires a student to undertake guided research on a topic taken from a business law and taxation unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed 12 credit points from units owned by the Department of Business Law and Taxation.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerstin Steiner |
Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this unit allows a student independently to gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business law and/or taxation as a foundation for the completion of an honours project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
On campus only
Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerstin Steiner |
Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this subject allows a student to independently gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business law and/or taxation as a foundation to the completion of an honours research project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
On campus only
Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerstin Steiner |
Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this subject allows a student to independently gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business law and/or taxation as a foundation to the completion of an honours research project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 432 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average seven/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
On campus only.
Must be enrolled in course 0181 - Honours degree of Bachelor of Commerce.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerstin Steiner |
This unit discusses the fundamental theoretical premises that can frame legal and regulatory research. It explores ways of formulating research question(s) and hypotheses, and identifies assumptions and theories that are relevant in the development of a conceptual framework for research. The topics discussed will cover principles of legal and social scientific methods, such as relational theory, comparative law, regulatory theory, social constructivism, systems theory and critical legal theory). Stress will be placed on developing argument analysis (e.g. avoiding fallacies in reasoning, evaluating and constructing sound arguments). These discussions will clarify the theoretical and practical underpinnings of research design, inform subsequent analyses of how to select different research methods (qualitative, quantitative, mixed), and illustrate key issues associated with the main arguments development in research work. The unit will also examine ways of presenting a compelling theoretical and practical case for legal and regulatory research. Finally, students will prepare a research proposal and report.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course BBus(Hons) (Taxation) to undertake this unit
BTF4900
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lionel Frost |
An introduction to the study of economics; consumer behaviour; demand and supply and the operation of markets; market efficiency and welfare; welfare effects of international trade; public sector economics; the behaviour of firms and the organisation of an industry; market structures - perfect competition and monopoly; economies of the labour market.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lionel Frost |
An introduction to the study of economics from a macroeconomic perspective including the following areas of study: trade in a global village, GDP as National Income and Aggregate Expenditure, savings and investment, unemployment, money and the Australian monetary system, aggregate demand and supply in the short and long run, monetary and fiscal policy including the related debates and in particular Australia as an open economy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lionel Frost |
Topics include the supply of and the demand for labour, education and training, the operation of labour markets, including the role of institutions in the labour market, wage relativities, disadvantaged groups in the labour market, and the role of trade unions. Also included is a study of the macroeconomic implications of wage changes and a consideration of wages policy. Special attention is given to the current labour market conditions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anupama Sethi |
This unit examines the scope for policy to improve macroeconomic performance. It will cover: the cyclical behaviour of the economy; the role of monetary, fiscal and exchange rate policies in influencing economic activities; the implementation and operation of monetary policy; the relationship of exchange rates to monetary policy; major factors determining movements in interest rates and exchange rates in both the intermediate and long terms.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jaai Parasnis |
This unit focuses on the topics of international finance and trade. This includes the importance of international finance; the balance of payments accounts; the mechanisms for financing international trade; the effect of macroeconomic policies on trade balance; the determination of exchange rates; the operation of foreign exchange markets and alternative exchange rate systems; foreign investment; foreign exchange risk and operating exposure.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | To be advised |
This unit develops analytical skills and fundamental concepts that economists need in order to understand the overall macroeconomic policies. It will cover: the cyclical behaviour of the economy; the determinants of the level of national income, money and inflation, interest rate, exchange rate, capital flows, international trade, and the natural rate of unemployment; the role of monetary, fiscal and exchange rate policies in influencing economic activities.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
To be advised
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vinod Mishra |
This subject reviews the contemporary microeconomic principles in the context most relevant to business people. Market processes, demand patterns, cost structures, market conditions, pricing policies, and the impact of regulation on business decisions are discussed. Cases and problems from the prescribed text, Australian media, and online resources illustrate how economic concepts can be applied to specific industries. Analytical techniques and quantitative tools link the concepts to measurement and managerial decision-making.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: ECB1101 or ECF1100 or ECG1101 or ECS1101 or ECW1101.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anupama Sethi |
This unit develops an understanding of the theory of international trade. It explains how international trade creates gains for a nation and the effect this has on its economic outcomes, such as economic growth and income distribution. The unit discusses the role of trade policy; tariffs, quotas, subsidies and import discrimination on trade patterns. The unit also looks at the international finance and the foreign exchange markets, with emphasis on stability of the foreign exchange market, exchange rate determination, the balance of payments and the role of exchange rate policies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ECB1102 or ECF1100 or ECF1200 or ECG1102 or ECS1101 or ECS1102 or ECW1102 and ECB2331 or ECB2731 or ECF2331 or ECF2731 or ECG2731 or ECS2730 or ECS2731 or ECW2731 or ECF2931.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ratbek Dzhumashev |
This unit is designed to analyse the effect of money on key economic variables such as interest rates, inflation, output, and on the workings of the banking sector. In addition, the unit examines the roles played by the financial system, financial institutions, and central banks, in the process of money creation and the implementation of monetary policy. The unit provides a more detailed discussion of the key issues in the theory and practice of banking and monetary policy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: ECB1101, ECG1101, ECS1101, ECW1101 or ECP1100, AND one of the following: ECG2730, ECS2730, ECW2730, ECB2331 or ECF2331 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gennadi Kazakevitch |
This unit considers market structures, conduct and performance from the business perspective; economic policy as it affects business, particularly in relation to its dealings with consumers; the variety of approaches to competition and regulation policies from the international perspective; analysis of policies with respect to prices, monopolies, oligopolies and mergers, exclusive dealing, consumer protection and licensing, deregulation and privatisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: ECB2731, ECF2731, ECF2931, ECG2731, ECS2731 or ECW2731 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Stephen King (Clayton, First semester); Dr Shahriar Kabir (Malaysia, First semester); Dr Vinod Mishra (Second semester) |
The nature and scope of economics; different economic systems; economic policy analysis and evaluation; main bodies of economic thought; examples of household, business and government economic decision problems; consumer choice, product demand and factor supply; enterprise choice, product supply and factor demand; market analyses of contemporary issues; competitive market long run equilibrium; market power; market failure and concerns for efficiency and equity; government involvement in the Australian economy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Stephen King (First semester)
Dr Vinod Mishra (Second semester)
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0023, 0169, 0170, 0179, 0542, 0546, 0548, 1185, 1319, 1320, 1469, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2026, 2630, 3050, 3176, 3178, 3804, 3805, 3823, 3830, 3834, 4097, 4403, 4410, 4417, 4419, 4425, 4428, 4615 or 4097.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stojanka Andric (First semester); Dr Jaai Parasnis (Second semester) |
The scope of macroeconomics and its microeconomic underpinnings; aggregation problems; partial equilibrium and general equilibrium analysis; the circular flow of income as a general equilibrium model; the mutual dependence of financial flows and flows of goods and services; sectoral composition of aggregate demand; business and investment behaviour; government spending and taxation; external balance and determination of current and capital accounts; labour market and aggregate supply; money, credit, and the conduct of monetary policy; inflation and unemployment; macroeconomic effects of deregulation in Australia.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Gennadi Kazakevitch (First semester)
Dr Jaai Parasnis (Second semester)
ECC1000 is recommended
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Klaus Abbink (First semester); Dr Anmol Ratan (Second semester) |
Theory of consumer choice, including applications to income-leisure choice and intertemporal consumption; isoquant theory of production; allocative efficiency and competition and monopoly; models of monopolistic competition and oligopoly; input pricing; microeconomic policies to address problems of market failure.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Klaus Abbink (First semester)
Dr Anmol Ratan (Second semester)
ECC1000 or permission
ECC5900, ECX9000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julio Mancuso-Tradenta (Semester 1); Dr Michael White (Semester 2) |
Keynesian macroeconomics; the open-economy, IS-LM framework and the aggregate demand-aggregate supply framework as a basis for more advanced macroeconomic analysis; principles of monetary and fiscal policy and problems of implementation; alternative theories of aggregate supply; new classical macroeconomics and the implications of imperfect information; new Keynesian macroeconomics and the implications of labour market rigidities; explaining and correcting inflation and unemployment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Julio Mancuso-Tradenta (First semester)
Michael White (Second semester)
ECC9010, ECC5901, ECX9010, ETC2110
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael White |
Issues include economic growth and inflation in a global context; international comparisons of policy and performance; objectives of monetary policy and central bank independence; forecasting and practical problems in policy making; financial markets and economic indicators.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 25%
Examination: 75%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Edwyna Harris |
Application of microeconomic theory to environmental problems; the relationship between the economy and the environment; markets and governments as alternative signalling and incentive mechanisms; limitations of market and government coordination of natural resource use. Policy options for solid wastes and recycling, local and global pollution problems, protection of biodiversity, management of stocks of fish and other 'commons' resources. Valuation of unpriced environmental goods and cost-benefit analysis of environmental changes.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC1000 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vai-Lam Mui |
Issues include the microeconomics of firm, the microeconomics of the welfare state, and the microeconomics of transitional economies such as China. Microeconomic difficulties in the public sector.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC1000 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Booth |
This unit will cover: demand for sport, sports revenues, the economics of sports broadcasting, the pricing of sports events; why professional team sports leagues form, whether clubs are profit-maximisers or win-maximisers, remedies for competitive imbalance such as player drafts, salary caps and revenue sharing, the role of player associations in professional sport; government subsidies in sport, the economic impact of sports events, stadium financing; case studies of professional team sports leagues in Australia, North America and Europe; globalisation in professional sport, future directions in sport.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Edwyna Harris |
The unit surveys the source of economic development during the nineteenth and twentieth century with an emphasis on fluctuations in growth rates. Topics include analysis of climate, geography, institutions, human capital and technology on long-run growth. These topics are intended to enhance students' understanding of why some countries are rich whilst others are poor.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC3510, ECC4351
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Elias Khalil |
The unit covers the intersection of economics and psychology. The unifying theme is the role of "rationality" with respect to four behavioural clusters: temptations (over-eating); habits of thought (stereotyping); framing effects (is a pay raise too little given the expectation?); and motivational effects (persistence in the pursuit of a career or an ideology). The unit contrasts expected utility theory and its alternative and draws examples from behavioural finance (e.g. the equity premium puzzle which is about the lower than expected prices of financial assets) and from law (e.g. cheating in cooperative efforts). The unit includes laboratory contact hours for behavioural economics experiments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGC2600
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paola Labrecciosa |
Game theory offers a tool for strategic thinking. It can be thought of as the art of beating your rivals, knowing that they are trying to do the same to you. Individuals, firms, governments and nations behave strategically, for good and bad. Over the last few decades, game theory has been developed for the purpose of understanding social phenomena. It has become the major tool used by social scientists to understand, predict and regulate strategic interaction among agents who have conflicting interests. This unit provides an introduction to game theory with an emphasis on real-world cases, including applications in economics and business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Simon Angus |
This unit examines the process of economic development and its effects on prosperity, poverty and sustainability. The unit begins by studying the sources of prosperity via economic growth in the modern era, with particular reference to the Great Divergence in incomes that started during the 1800s. Second, the unit asks why some economic systems have prospered, whilst others have declined by turning its attention to disparate experiences of world-wide economic growth such as poverty and starvation. Finally we study the effects and prospects for future economic development in the context of environmental sustainability and climate change.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael White |
The role of economic institutions and the process of institutional change, including the role of interest groups in promoting such change. An overview of Australian economic development sketches the changing environment within which such institutions operate. Key institutions, and changes in institutional structures over time, in selected sectors of the Australian economy, including the agricultural and manufacturing sectors, the labour market and the financial sector, as well as the institutions central to competition and trade policy.
The learning objectives of this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anke Leroux |
Climate change is the most significant environmental challenge the world is facing today. It has major implications for the global and domestic economies, including Australia's. This unit conveys the multifaceted nature of the economic problem that climate change represents. Uncertainty and catastrophic risk as well as inter- and intra-generational equity concerns are crucial to the evaluation of climate change impacts and to achieving international action. Options to achieve optimal stabilisation targets and pathways using economic principles and policy are contrasted. The implications of climate change mitigation for key industry sectors are also assessed.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
change policies and lessen emissions.
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
It is recommended that students complete ECC1100
ECC4364
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Janine Dixon |
Applied general equilibrium economics is the basis of much of the economic modelling widely used today in government and business, in both advanced and developing economies. This unit covers introductory theory and applications of applied general equilibrium modelling and the associated data and computing. The study uses elementary calculus and matrix algebra.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4365
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dinusha Dharmaratna |
Economics of financial assets, markets, intermediaries, regulation and innovation; money aggregates; behaviour of interest rates; loan funds analysis; risk and term structure of interest rates; adverse selection and moral hazard; independence of central banks; determinants of the money supply and the conduct of monetary policy in Australia; theories of money demand; money supply and economic activity; Keynesian-monetarist debate; transmission mechanisms of monetary policy; money and inflation; monetary implications of budget deficits; volatility in foreign exchange markets; the international financial system; capital controls; role of the IMF; international monetary policy strategy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 25%
Examination: 75%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4366
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Ranjan Ray |
This unit provides an analytical framework for studying economic problems of developing countries. We will examine how standard economic theories apply in the presence of market failures and weak formal institutions that characterise developing countries. The key focus is on general problems facing developing countries rather than any specific country or region. It examines specific issues and policy problems that are currently faced by developing nations, including issues such as inequality, poverty, population growth, rural-urban migration, human capital accumulation, gender bias, markets in developing countries, credit constraints and risk and insurance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4367
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Laura Puzzello |
Investigation of economic interaction between countries in the context of international exchanges of commodities and assets. Topics include the balance of payments, nominal and real exchange rate determination, international capital movements, foreign debt, structural reform and adjustment policies in the open economy, the gains from international trade, inter-industry trade, tariff policies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4369
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Youjin Hahn |
This unit introduces various theoretical models of the labour market with a focus on policy-related issues. The unit examines neo-classical explanation of labour supply and demand decisions and addresses how well those theories explain observed patterns in the data. In this unit we shall examine employers' incentives and behaviour that determine the labour demand curve, the interaction between wages, income, and the decision to work, the relationship between wages and undesirable job characteristics, and the incentives for and the effects of educational and training investments and contemporary issues such as labour mobility, discrimination and income inequality.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4371
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Elias Khalil |
The work of Richard Cantillon, David Hume, Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Thomas Malthus and Karl Marx with special reference to the economics of value, distribution and accumulation. The work of W S Jevons, Alfred Marshall and J M Keynes with special reference to economic policies proposed by those writers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4380
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Ranjan Ray |
The relationship between the public and private sectors is explored from the perspective of both public finance and political economy. Theories of public expenditure and revenue generation are introduced to assess the proper scope of the public sector. Additionally, theories of public choice are presented to examine the effectiveness and decision-making process of the public sector.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4381
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paola Labrecciosa |
Economic policy as it affects business, particularly in relation to its dealings with consumers, and with emphasis on Australian industry and regulation; analysis of policies with respect to prices, monopolies, oligopolies and mergers, exclusive dealing, consumer protection and licensing, corporatisation, privatisation and deregulation; criteria for efficient industry and efficient industry policy; methods for the practical analysis of the performance of industries.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ECC1000, ECC1100 and one of ECC2000 or ECC5900 or ECX9000 before undertaking this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dyuti Banerjee |
The unit will cover, in mathematical terms, many of the areas treated more intuitively in first-year microeconomics, eg: consumer demand, the theory of the firm, equilibrium and Pareto optimum. However, a significant portion of the lectures will deal with topics not covered earlier, such as non-linear programming, game theory, and dynamic optimisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC2000 or equivalent
ECC4384
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Simon Angus and Dr Brett Parris |
The aim of this unit is to enable students to understand some of the complexities of interdisciplinary policy problems, particularly in the areas of sustainable development, and to enable them to design and undertake integrated modelling exercises for themselves. A complex systems science perspective will be adopted, introducing Agent-Based Modelling (ABM) as a flexible and powerful tool for exploring solutions to complex real-world problems. The ABM approach will be demonstrated and critically assessed through several interdisciplinary, integrated economy/sustainability models. Additionally, a flexible ABM modelling platform (NetLogo) will be introduced and demonstrated.
The learning goals associated with this unit are for students to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ETC1000 before undertaking this unit
It is recommended that students study ECC2800 Prosperity, poverty and sustainability in a globalised world
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gary Magee |
This unit will introduce students to the field of long-run economic growth and performance. Two key questions are addressed: why do certain economies persistently perform more successfully than others, and how is leadership in the global economy achieved and maintained? Students completing this unit will be able to explain and describe the pattern of long-term economic growth, leadership and decline in the world economy since the industrial revolution; evaluate the role of culture, institutions and the environment in economic change; and apply the methods of historical economics to contemporary economic debates.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Hee-Seung Yang |
Topics include consumer preference theory; choice; demand; technology; profit maximisation and duality; competitive general equilibrium in the context of decreasing, increasing and constant returns; two-part tariffs; expected utility; adverse selection; and moral hazard.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECX5465
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Solmaz Moslehi |
Contemporary macroeconomics and recent policy debates, including market clearing and long-run equilibrium; classical dichotomy; money in the global economy; aggregate demand and price rigidity, microfoundations of macroeconomics, disequilibrium models; stock-flow interactions; wealth effects; rational expectations; policy ineffectiveness and Ricardian equivalence; money and credit; exchange rate regimes; new Keynesian macroeconomics; comovements of macro variables and macroeconomic forecasting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECX5466
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Pushkar Maitra |
Characteristics and experience of developing countries; theories of economic growth and development; domestic and external sources of financial and human resources for development; the roles of international trade, investment, technology manufacturing and government in the development process.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christis Tombazos |
Topics include the gains and costs of trading internationally; static and dynamic welfare effects of protection; the political economy of international trade policy; optimum policies in the presence of market power, uncertainty, and other market imperfections; trade policy instruments; strategies for trade liberalisation including regional trade agreements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gennadi Kazakevitch |
Outline of the Australian and overseas approaches to competition policy; the economic background to the Competition and Consumer Act; market definition issues; evaluation of restrictive trade practices and mergers or alliances; structural reform of industries, access and monopoly regulation.
The learning objectives of this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike White |
Topics include Keynes' aggregate demand and supply analysis and critique of automatic adjustment in the economy; the significance of an endogenous money supply for inflation; credit, speculation and financial instability; the national saving debate; investment and income distribution; the Phillips Curve and hysteresis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Russell Smyth |
The unit applies the method of economics to the analysis of the law itself - to the structure of the common law, legal processes, legal institutions and statutory regulation, and to the impact of law on the behaviour of individuals and groups and the functioning of the economy. Topics include: is there a role for law and economics in studying the law, economics of crime and capital punishment, punitive damages, interest group theories of judicial independence and the determinants of judicial influence and prestige.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Peter Forsyth (First semester)
Professor Russell Smyth (Second semester)
Students must be enrolled in course code 0181, 0024 or 0171 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor He-Ling Shi |
Theories of hedging and speculation; determination of spot and futures prices, and intertemporal allocation; market efficiency; expectations, including adaptive expectations and rational expectations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4650 or ECX5465
ECC5475, ECX5475
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paulo Santos |
Topics include development and application of microeconomic theory for the economic evaluation of (public) sector investment projects and policies; investment analysis and criteria, discounting techniques; Pareto potential improvement criterion, shadow pricing, social discount rates, distribution issues, secondary benefits, risk and uncertainty, cost-effectiveness.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4650 or equivalent
ECC5479, ECX5479
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vai-Lam Mui |
Models of decision making in the collective setting, utilising a number of tools, some of which will be familiar microeconomic ones. Economic approaches to collective decision environments, including 'new welfare economics', the 'Chicago' and 'Virginia' schools. Whenever possible, Australian policies will be examined in light of theory.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | To be advised |
A study of theories in welfare economics, including conditions for Pareto optimality, welfare criteria, social choice, consumer surpluses, second versus third best, externalities and public goods as well as problems of applying these theories to such areas as public utility pricing, optimal taxation, road congestion, environmental protection, and public spending.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
To be advised
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dyuti Banerjee |
Theories of the firm, contract, property rights structure, market structure, hierarchy, bargaining, principal-agent relationship, research and development, advertising, and entry, exit, and pricing strategy. The equilibrium implications of the internal organisation of a firm and the organisational structure of the market in relation to strategic interactions between agents, information problems and related incentive mechanisms. Basic game theory and concepts of game equilibrium applied to the analysis of opportunistic behaviour and related transactions costs.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC5484, ECX5484
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liang Choon Wang |
Students select a preferred topic on which to conduct original research after consulting with the coordinator and supervisors. During the year students participate in research workshops, propose the research plan in written and oral form, conduct research, give a final presentation of the research findings, act as a formal discussant on another student research paper, submit their own final research paper, and are expected to engage in discussion of other students' presentations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to fourth year honours, Graduate Diploma in Economics or preliminary masters in the Departments of Economics, Econometrics or Accounting and Finance
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jeff Richardson and Ms Jenny Watts |
A survey of theoretical issues in the economics of health systems and the major health policy issues confronting Australia. Emphasis is given to theories which differ from economic orthodoxy. Topics include market characteristics; market failure and regulation; equity and issues of social justice; demand analysis and human capital; the production of health and health care; theories of price formation; hospital models and hospital payment; optimal health insurance; and alternatives to Medicare.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Anthony Harris |
Principles and techniques used in the economic evaluation of health services. Topics include effectiveness, efficiency and economic evaluation; cost benefit analysis; cost effectiveness and cost utility analysis; multi-attribute utility analysis; measuring utility; psychometric measurement theory; ethical issues in resource allocation; decision criteria; time discounting; costing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester A 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester B 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr George Rivers (First semester); Mr Peter Schuwalow (Second semester) |
Economics as an area of knowledge. Economics in a business degree. Understanding economic policy. An analysis of markets: supply and demand; consumer behaviour; firm behaviour; cost of production and profit maximisation; behaviour of firms in different market structures; evaluation of market capitalist economic systems, economic efficiency, market failure, government failure; current economic policies, competition policy, privatisation and the funding of education.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Peter Schuwalow (Second Semester)
Dr George Rivers (City, Melbourne)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yi Jin |
This unit uses aggregate demand and supply analysis as a tool for identifying and explaining the business cycle, output growth employment, inflation and the current account deficit. The investigation will illustrate the impact of the macroeconomy on decisions by firms and other economic agents in the economy and the effect of fiscal and monetary policies on business outcomes. Key strategic variables affecting decision making in the macro business environment are interest rates, inflation and the Australian dollar.
The learning goals associate with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sephorah Mangin |
This unit examines the scope for policy to improve macroeconomic performance. It will cover: the cyclical behaviour of the economy; the role of monetary, fiscal and exchange rate policies in influencing economic activities; the implementation and operation of monetary policy; the relationship of exchange rates to monetary policy; major factors determining movements in interest rates and exchange rates in both the intermediate and long terms.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Schuwalow |
This unit will cover: demand for sport, sports revenues, the economics of sports broadcasting, the pricing of sports events; why professional team sports leagues form, whether clubs are profit maximisers or win-maximisers, remedies for competitive imbalance such as player drafts, salary caps and revenue sharing, the role of player associations in professional sport; government subsidies in sport, the economic impact of sports events, stadium financing; case studies of professional team sports leagues in Australia, North America and Europe; globalisation in professional sport, future directions in sport.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wenli Cheng |
The recent economic and social development of selected Asian countries, especially the role of the business sector. Topics include entrepreneurship; technological change; the dynamics of comparative advantage; import substitution versus export-oriented industrial growth; the development state; the stages of business growth.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: ECB1101, ECF1100, ECG1101, ECS1101, ECW1101, ECC1000.
ECX2550, ECF3550, ECX3550
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Horag Choi |
This unit focuses on the topics of international finance and trade. This includes: the importance of international finance; the balance of payments accounts; the effect of macroeconomic policies on trade balance; foreign exchange markets-spot; forward; futures and options markets; the determination of exchange rates; parity conditions; hedging and speculation in foreign exchange markets; foreign investment; trade barriers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Raschky |
Students will deepen their knowledge of the differing views of the firm. Topics include: the firm within a capitalist economic system; the macroeconomic constraints on the firm; the market structural constraints on the firm; differing perspectives of the firm - the conventional economic, technological view, the accounting, management and marketing views, the recent transaction costs and new classical view; how these different areas explain current issues such as downsizing and electronic commerce.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Julio Mancuso Tradenta |
This unit adopts the quantitative method in teaching contemporary microeconomic principles in the context most relevant to business people. Market processes, demand patterns and estimation, cost structures and estimation, market conditions and measurement, pricing policies and implementation, and the impact of regulation on business decisions are discussed. Cases and problems illustrate how economic concepts can be applied to specific industries. The unit is designed to assist students in understanding the quantitative application of economic analysis to the problems of formulating rational managerial decisions, corporate and marketing strategies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%; Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rebecca Valenzuela |
This unit introduces economic principles underlying consumer choice and market demand; describing consumer preferences, indifference curves and budget constraints, with particular emphasis on the role of prices as conveyors of information. It introduces economic tools and concepts for the analyses of consumption choices over time, under uncertainty and/or with risk, and in markets with asymmetric information. Other topics include work-leisure choice, wage changes and the supply of labour, and the provision of public goods and environmental goods. An examination of observed economic and social outcomes from the point of view of various normative criteria completes the coverage.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Laura Puzzello |
The pure theory of international trade. Trade and income distribution, economic growth and changes in trade, bases for trade and gains from trade. Trade policy. Tariffs, quotas, subsidies, import discrimination and other national policies affecting trade. Trade policies in developing nations. The foreign exchange market and its impact on international trade. Models of currency crisis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Qingyuan Du |
This unit is designed to analyse the effect of money on the key economic variables such as interest rates, inflation, output and the workings of the banking sector. In addition, we will also examine the roles commerical banks and the central bank play in the process of money creation and implementation of monetary policies. The unit also teaches an economic approach to interpret today's information and policy decisions that can help you to predict future events and the effects those events can have on your own decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mita Bhattacharya |
This unit considers market structures, conduct and performance from the business perspective; economic policy as it affects business, particularly in relation to its dealings with consumers; the variety of approaches to competition and regulation policies from the international perspective; analysis of policies with respect to prices, monopolies, oligopolies and mergers, exclusive dealing, consumer protection and licensing, deregulation and privatisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (2 hours): 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vinod Mishra |
The theory of international trade in an applied context. The students will be introduced to the understanding of forces that shape the trade interactions between various nations. Starting from the earlier theories of mercantilism and comparative advantage, students will navigate their way to the modern theories of trade in partial and general equilibrium framework. They will study the effect of economic growth on trade and the impact of trade in determining the living standards of people, factors that influence trade policies of nations, the role and impact of international trade agreements and the economic perspective on labour migration, capital flows and multi-national corporations. All topics will be discussed with the aid of real world examples and data, so as to create a non-hypothetical real life vision and current scenario of everything 'International'.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed at least two units from the following list before undertaking this unit: ECC1000 and ECC2000, or ECF1100 and one of either ECF2931 or ECF2731, or ECG1101 and ECG2731, or ECW1102 and ECW2731
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ken Anderson |
An introduction to the study of economics; consumer behaviour; demand and supply and the operation of markets; market efficiency and welfare; welfare effects of international trade; public sector economics; the behaviour of firms and the organisation of an industry; market structures -- perfect competition and monopoly; economies of the labour market.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
An introduction to the study of economics from a macroeconomic perspective including the following areas of study: trade in a global village, GDP as National Income and Aggregate Expenditure, savings and investment, unemployment, money and the Australian monetary system, aggregate demand and supply in the short and long run, monetary and fiscal policy including the related debates and in particular Australia as an open economy
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ernesto Valenzuela |
Topics include the supply of and the demand for labour, education and training, the operation of labour markets, including the role of institutions in the labour market, wage relativities, disadvantaged groups in the labour market, and the role of trade unions. Also included is a study of the macroeconomic implications of wage changes and a consideration of wages policy. Special attention is given to the current labour market conditions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
This unit focuses on the topics of international finance and trade. This includes the importance of international finance; the balance of payments accounts; the mechanisms for financing international trade; the effect of macroeconomic policies on trade balance; the determination of exchange rates; the operation of foreign exchange markets and alternative exchange rate systems; foreign investment; foreign exchange risk and operating exposure.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ernesto Valenzuela |
Macroeconomic policy as it affects the open economy; policy consequences of consumption and investment decisions; analysis of policies with respect to the real exchange rate and trade balance; policy responses to assets price movements; policy goals under different international monetary systems; the economic benefits and costs of optimum currency areas; how policy-makers in Australia try to stabilise the economy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
This subject reviews the contemporary microeconomic principles in the context most relevant to business people. Market processes, demand patterns, cost structures, market conditions, pricing policies, and the impact of regulation on business decisions are discussed. Cases and problems from the prescribed text, Australian media, and online resources illustrate how economic concepts can be applied to specific industries. Analytical techniques and quantitative tools link the concepts to measurement and managerial decision-making.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
This unit is designed to analyse the effect of money on key economic variables such as interest rates, inflation, output, and on the workings of the banking sector. In addition, the unit examines the roles played by commercial banks and the Central Bank in the process of money creation and the implementation of monetary policy. The unit uses an economic approach to allow analysis of policy decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of ECW1101 or ECG1101 and one of ECG2730 or ECS2730 or ECW2730 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ernesto Valenzuela |
This unit deals with economic and policy issues related to energy, natural resources and sustainable development. Topics covered include theoretical and practical issues relating to energy and natural resource demand, supply and pricing, and the sustainable development framework. It will also consider different energy sources such as renewable energy and increasing energy efficiency of existing resources. The unit will address a wide range of policies dealing with energy and environmental problems in a national and international context.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit considers market structures, conduct and performance from the business perspective; economic policy as it affects business, particularly in relation to its dealings with consumers; the variety of approaches to competition and regulation policies from the international perspective; analysis of policies with respect to prices, monopolies, oligopolies and mergers, exclusive dealing, consumer protection and licensing, deregulation and privatisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: ECG2731, ECS2731 or ECW2731 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gamini Herath |
This unit applies basic intermediate microeconomic principles to local, regional, and global environmental and natural resource management, such as river water pollution, air pollution and climate change. It provides an in-depth understanding of the theory and concepts underlying how economic and business activities affect environmental and natural resource management issues. It also includes discussion of the inverse relationship between these phenomena - how environmental and resource management concerns affect economic development - as well as how they complement each other without compromising their sustainable association.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Eduard Bomhoff |
This unit focuses on broad topics, including industrialisation, sectoral shifts in employment, urbanisation, education and health in developing and middle income countries. Students will acquire a deeper and more structured understanding of trends in the region and will also be able to better evaluate remaining differences in development between developing and middle-income nations in Asia and the rich countries that are the main focus of their economics textbooks. The unit will assist students with their preparation for employment by companies that operate in developing and middle-income nations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Lee |
The unit explains how the Malaysian government operates in comparison with governments in other developed and developing countries. Main topics are:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andreas Leibbrandt |
Economics as an area of knowledge. Economics in a business degree. Understanding economic policy. An analysis of markets: supply and demand; consumer behaviour; firm behaviour; cost of production and profit maximisation; behaviour of firms in different market structures; evaluation of market capitalist economic systems, economic efficiency, market failure, government failure; current economic policies, competition policy, privatisation and the funding of education.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Schuwalow |
This unit will cover: the demand, supply and pricing in the sport industry, sports revenues; whether clubs are profit-maximisers or win-maximisers, competitive imbalance in sport such as player drafts, salary caps and revenue sharing, the sport industry, including government subsidies, private delivery of sport and sport participation, the economic impact of sports, stadium financing; labour markets and sport, regulation of sports, international issues, future directions of the sport industry.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
An introduction to the study of economics; consumer behaviour; demand and supply and the operation of markets; market efficiency and welfare; welfare effects of international trade; public sector economics; the behaviour of firms and the organisation of an industry; market structures - perfect competition and monopoly; economies of the labour market.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
An introduction to the study of economics from a macroeconomic perspective including the following areas of study: trade in a global village, GDP as National Income and Aggregate Expenditure, savings and investment, unemployment, money and the South African monetary system, aggregate demand and supply in the short and long run, monetary and fiscal policy, including the related debates in South Africa as an open economy and as a major economy in Africa.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include the supply of and the demand for labour, education and training, the operation of labour markets, including the role of institutions in the labour market, wage relativities, disadvantaged groups in the labour market, and the role of trade unions. Also included is a study of the macroeconomic implications of wage changes and a consideration of wages policy. Special attention is given to current labour market conditions in South Africa and the broader African continent.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Measuring and interpreting macroeconomic data; consumption and investment decisions; analysis of the real exchange rate and trade balance; assets price movements; different international monetary systems; the economic benefits and costs of optimum currency areas; IS-LM mode; AD-AS model; how policy-makers in South Africa and the broader African continent try to stablise the economy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tendeukayi Mugadza |
This unit reviews the contemporary microeconomic principles. Consumer and producer theory focusing on individual consumers and firms, market processes, demand patterns, cost structures, market conditions, pricing policies, and the impact of regulation on business decisions are discussed. Cases and problems from the prescribed text, South African media, and online resources illustrate how economic concepts can be applied to specific industries. Analytical techniques and quantitative tools link the concepts to measurement and decision-making.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The pure theory of international trade. Trade and income distribution, economic growth and changes in trade, bases for trade and gains from trade. Trade policy. Tariffs, quotas, subsidies, import discrimination and other national policies affecting trade. The foreign exchange market. Determination of exchange rates, the balance of payments, modern foreign exchange policies and the threat of unstable exchange rates. Regional trade agreements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ECB2331 or ECG2730 or ECF2731 or ECW2730 or ECS2730 AND ECB2731 or ECG2731 or ECW2731 or ECS2731 or ECF2731 or ECF2931 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tendeukayi Mugadza |
The concept of money, the financial system and financial intermediation, the nature and roles of the Reserve Bank, banks and non-bank financial institutions. The role and interaction of financial markets and the determination of interest rates, foreign exchange markets and the determination of exchange rates, the interaction between foreign exchange and money markets and implication for policy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed two units from the following: ECF1100 or ECG1101 or ECS1101 or ECW1101 or ECB1101 and ECB2331 or ECF2331 or ECG2730 or ECW2730 or ECS2730 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | To be advised |
Topics include measuring growth and development; theories of economic growth and development; poverty, inequality and human capital; saving, investment and capital flows; production and trade; the role of the state; and policy measures. Country specific research will relate to sources of the World Bank, United Nations Development Program, IMF, etc.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tendeukayi Mugadza |
This unit considers market structures, conduct and performance from the business perspective; economic policy as it affects horizontal and vertical relationships in business, particularly in relation to its dealings with consumers; the variety of approaches to competition and regulation policies from a South African and international perspective; analysis of policies with respect to prices, monopolies, oligopolies and mergers, consumer protection and licensing, deregulation, privatisation and nationalisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia October intake 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luc Borrowman |
An introduction to the study of economics; consumer behaviour; demand and supply and the operation of markets; market efficiency and welfare; welfare effects of international trade; public sector economics; the behaviour of firms and the organisation of an industry; market structures -- perfect competition and monopoly; economies of the labour market.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Poon Wai Chingand Dr Shahriar Kabir (Second semester) |
An introduction to the study of economics from a macroeconomic perspective including the following areas of study: trade in a global village, GDP as National Income and Aggregate Expenditure, savings and investment, unemployment, money and the Australian monetary system, aggregate demand and supply in the short and long run, monetary and fiscal policy including the related debates and in particular Australia as an open economy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Lee |
Topics include the supply of and the demand for labour, education and training, the operation of labour markets, including the role of institutions in the labour market, wage relativities, disadvantaged groups in the labour market, and the role of trade unions. Also included is a study of the macroeconomic implications of wage changes and a consideration of wages policy. Special attention is given to the current labour market conditions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Schuwalow |
This unit will cover: the demand, supply and pricing in the sport industry, sports revenues; whether clubs are profit-maximisers or win-maximisers, competitive imbalance in sport such as player drafts, salary caps and revenue sharing, the sport industry, including government subsidies, private delivery of sport and sport participation, the economic impact of sports, stadium financing; labour markets and sport, regulation of sports, international issues, future directions of the sport industry.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Schuwalow |
Sport is a major industry in Australia and overseas. The unit will use a mixture of economic theory, economic history and the study of institutions to explore the business issues faced by the sport industry. Throughout the unit, case studies of several sports, notably Major League Baseball, professional boxing, the English Premier League (soccer), and the Australian Football League, will be used to explore these issues in depth.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Poon Wai Ching |
This unit focuses on the topics of international finance and trade. This includes the importance of international finance; the balance of payments accounts; the mechanisms for financing international trade; the effect of macroeconomic policies on trade balance; the determination of exchange rates; the operation of foreign exchange markets and alternative exchange rate systems; foreign investment; foreign exchange risk and operating exposure.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Eduard Bomhoff |
Macroeconomic policy as it affects the open economy; policy consequences of consumption and investment decisions; analysis of policies with respect to the real exchange rate and trade balance; policy responses to assets price movements; policy goals under different international monetary systems; the economic benefits and costs of optimum currency areas; how policy-makers in Australia try to stabilise the economy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gareth Leeves |
This subject reviews the contemporary microeconomic principles in the context most relevant to business people. Market processes, demand patterns, cost structures, market conditions, pricing policies, and the impact of regulation on business decisions are discussed. Cases and problems from the prescribed text, Australian media, and online resources illustrate how economic concepts can be applied to specific industries. Analytical techniques and quantitative tools link the concepts to measurement and managerial decision-making.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vinod Mishra |
The pure theory of international trade. Trade and income distribution, economic growth and changes in trade, bases for trade and gains from trade. Trade policy. Tariffs, quotas, subsidies, import discrimination and other national policies affecting trade. The foreign exchange market. Determination of exchange rates, the balance of payments, modern foreign exchange policies and the threat of unstable exchange rates.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ECB1101 or ECG1102 or ECS1101 or ECW1102 or ECS1102 and ECB2331 or ECG2731 or ECS2731 or ECW2731.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Eduard Bomhoff |
This unit is designed to analyse the effect of money on key economic variables such as interest rates, inflation, output, and on the workings of the banking sector. In addition, the unit examines the roles played by Commercial Banks and the Central Bank in the process of money creation and the implementation of monetary policy. The unit uses an economic approach to allow analysis of policy decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed two units from the following: ECB1101 or ECG1101 or ECS1101 or ECW1101 and ECB2331 or ECG2730 or ECS2730 or ECW2730 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lionel Frost |
Economic systems and environmental problems. Suitability of the market system to deal with environmental problems. The need for government intervention. Microeconomic principles and decision making in the management of privately and publicly owned renewable and non-renewable natural resources. International, national and regional policies addressing natural resources and environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECG9150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Yap |
Multinational corporations and their role in the international economy; theories of international trade and the characteristics of Australia's role in the international economy; theories of internationalisation of firms; forms of international business; the impact on trade patterns of foreign direct investment; locational choice for multinational corporations; regional trade groups and their impact on trade and investment; the institutional environment of international business including the World Bank and World Trade Organisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Audrey Siah |
Students will deepen their knowledge of Australia's traditional and emerging trading partners through lectures and contact with business people who have successful records in this field; case studies of particular countries covering economic, legal and financial aspects, will be undertaken in depth; successful Australian exporters will be examined; practical visits to operating entities to bring the topic to life.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECF3301
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anmar Pretorius |
Topics include measuring growth and development; theories of economic growth and development; poverty, inequality and human capital; saving, investment and capital flows; production and trade; the role of the state; and policy measures. Country specific research will relate to sources of the World Bank, United Nations Development Program, IMF, etc.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tendeukayi Mugadza |
This unit considers market structures, conduct and performance from the business perspective; economic policy as it affects business, particularly in relation to its dealings with consumers; the variety of approaches to competition and regulation policies from the international perspective; analysis of policies with respect to prices, monopolies, oligopolies and mergers, exclusive dealing, consumer protection and licensing, deregulation and privatisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
particular interest to Monash University in Australia and overseas
aviation, electricity and telecommunications, where there are ongoing reforms.
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: ECB2731 or ECG2731 or ECS2731 or ECW2731 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yin Mai |
The unit will examine a variety of major economic policy issues within the general equilibrium framework. The issues will be of major importance for many countries, such as: carbon emissions abatement, free-trade agreements, direct and indirect taxation reforms, industrial relations, domestic and international immigration, macroeconomic stimulus, infrastructure and other major project evaluation, and catastrophic events such as terrorist attacks and global pandemics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Sisira Kumara Jayasuriya (Caulfield), Dr Gamini Herath (Malaysia) |
This unit studies recent economic developments of selected Asian countries. Topics include: theories of economic growth; economic freedom and economic development; entrepreneurship and economic transformation in Hong Kong; the role of industrial policy in Japanese post-war economic performance; economic reforms in China and India; and the 1997 Asian financial crisis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: ECB1101, ECF1100, ECG1101, ECW1101, or ECC1000 before undertaking this unit.
ECC2550, ECC3550, ECF2550, ECF3550, ECW3550, ECX2550
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mindi Nath |
Introduction to spreadsheeting. Descriptive statistics. Elementary probability. Discrete and continuous probability distributions. Statistical inference. Simple linear regression and correlation. Forecasting and time series. Index numbers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mindi Nath |
Sampling designs and inference; confidence limits and tests on means, proportion, differences. Cross tabulation, with chi square. Simple and multiple linear regression: regression with non-linear terms; regression with dummy variables. Introduction to analysis of variance. Uses Excel.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETW1010 and ETW1031
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Brett Inder |
Presentation and analysis of grouped and ungrouped data using tables, charts and measures of location and dispersion; standardisation techniques, including index numbers, with application to share price indices and the CPI; analysis of relationships between variables using simple and multiple regression; extensions to multiple regression, including nonlinear and categorical explanatory variables and time series data with applications to forecasting; main ideas of probability theory as a foundation for statistical inference; concept of sampling as a way of capturing uncertainty about data; estimators and their properties; constructing and interpreting confidence intervals; fundamentals of hypothesis testing, testing hypotheses about the mean, difference between means and the slope, including analysis of variance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0023, 0169, 0170, 0179, 0542, 0546, 0548, 1185, 1319, 1320, 1469, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2026, 2630, 3050, 3176, 3178, 3804, 3805, 3823, 3830, 3834, 4097, 4403, 4410, 4417, 4419, 4425, 4428, 4615 or 4097.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr David Frazier |
Introduction to principles and techniques for modelling business and economic data. Modelling in business and finance using computers, spreadsheet modelling of business problems, organising and accessing data efficiently. Modelling in economics and finance, multiple regression as a tool for modelling macroeconomic and microeconomic decisions, elasticities and statistical evaluation of policy, time series modelling with application to finance. Introduction to Actuarial Studies as an approach to building quantitative models of risk.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETW1010, ETC9010
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor David Harris |
This unit introduces students to the empirical analysis of relationships between economic variables. The approach is based on linear regression theory, and emphasises 'hands on' data analysis. Topics studied will include properties of least squares estimators, hypothesis testing, the choice of appropriate functional form, the use of dummy variables, issues around modelling survey data and the problems of serial correlation, heteroscedasticity and multicollinearity.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC1000 or must be enrolled in course 3822 or 4412
ETC2400, ETC3440, ECC2410
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Colin O'Hare |
This unit will introduce students to some of the techniques used in actuarial work, and will give an overview of some of the areas in which actuaries are currently involved. The student is introduced to the basic concepts involved in assessing risk and pricing insurance products, and to this end will gain experience in using past data to model survival and in using a simple model of compound interest to value financial transactions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | John Stapleton |
This unit introduces mathematical techniques that are invaluable tools for econometrics, economics, finance, and business. Topics covered include matrix algebra, linear simultaneous equations and the LU decomposition, eigenvalues and the Schur decomposition, random vectors; optimisation, including the Lagrange multiplier method, partial differentiation, multiple integration, difference and differential equations. Some emphasis will be given to the use of computer programs for performing matrix calculations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ETC1000 or must be enrolled in course 3822 or 4412.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rob Hyndman |
Reliable forecasts of business and economic variables must often be obtained against a backdrop of structural change in markets and the economy. This unit provides a practical introduction to methods suitable for forecasting in these circumstances including the classical decomposition of time series, exponential smoothing, Box-Jenkins ARIMA modelling, and regression with auto-correlated disturbances. It also provides an introduction to applied multiple regression analysis. Students can expect to enhance their computer skills with exercises using advanced features of Microsoft Excel and an econometrics package.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ralph Snyder |
Computer business models in decision making are the primary focus of this unit. Their potential application in controlling operations and supply chains is explored. Mathematical and statistical methods needed in the construction of business models are examined. An introduction is provided to decision making under risk, Monte Carlo simulation, inventory control, replacement theory, multi-level production systems and supply chains. Computing is undertaken with Microsoft Excel. Training is provided in the programming language Visual Basic for Applications to extend the capacities of Microsoft Excel.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC3480
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ralph Snyder |
This unit provides an introduction to business modelling. It examines how to systematically build, evaluate and implement both predictive and prescriptive models of common business processes, with the aim of supporting management in their role as decision-makers. Emphasis is placed on quantitative methods required to optimise outcomes, with due consideration given to the need to systematically address risk when it occurs.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Catherine Forbes |
This unit introduces sample survey methods, statistical techniques for the analysis of survey data and also introduces qualitative research techniques. It provides students with the knowledge and skills required to understand the role research methods play in problem identification, decision making, strategy development, marketing planning and the evaluation of marketing performance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Catherine Forbes |
An introduction to probability and statistical inference for use in economics and business. Topics covered include random variables, moments and cumulants generating function, discrete and continuous distributions, independence, jointly distributed random variables, conditional random variables, the central limit theorem, sampling distribution, properties of estimators, confidence intervals, tests of hypotheses.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC1000 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rob Hyndman |
Business analytics involves uncovering the hidden information in masses of business data using statistical models and algorithms. In this unit, some of the most widely used prediction and classification models will be covered. A suitable software environment for business analytics will be used, and tools for handling large data sets will be introduced.
We will explore the trade-off and distinction between prediction, explanation and interpretation using statistical models. Topics to be covered include numerical optimisation; Monte Carlo simulation; resampling methods such as the bootstrap, cross-validation, and bagging; nonlinear and nonparametric methods such as regression splines, trees and support vector machines; principal components analysis and clustering.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin |
This unit provides a formal treatment of the core principles underlying econometric and statistical analysis, with particular focus given to likelihood-based inference. Topics covered include the likelihood principle and maximum likelihood estimation; minimum variance unbiased estimation; maximum likelihood asymptotic distribution theory; likelihood-based hypothesis testing; and quasi-maximum likelihood inference. The theoretical developments are supplemented by numerical results produced using computer simulation. Consideration is also given to the numerical optimisation techniques used to implement likelihood-based procedures in practice.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
likelihood inference
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ETC2410, ETC3440 or MTH2232 or must be enrolled in course 3822 or 4412 before undertaking this unit.
ETC4340
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr John Stapleton |
This unit presents econometric models and techniques that are widely used in modern applied econometrics. Emphasis is placed on models that address the special problems that arise when analysing microeconomic data, that is, data at the level of individual consumers, households and firms. The topics covered include modelling discrete dependent variables, modelling data sets that have both a cross-section and a time-series dimension and conducting inference in models in which the dependent variable is jointly determined with one or more of the regressors. The models taught in this unit are widely used in empirical work in economics, finance and marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit. ECC2410, ETC2400, ETC2410, ETC3440 or must be enrolled in Course Code 3822 or 4412
ECC3410, ETC4341, ETW3410
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike Callan |
To provide a further grounding in mathematical and statistical techniques of particular relevance to insurance and financial work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor David Harris |
This unit introduces students to the empirical analysis of relationships between economic variables. The approach is based on linear regression theory, and emphasises 'hands on' data analysis. Topics studied will include properties of least squares estimators, hypothesis testing, the choice of appropriate functional form, the use of dummy variables, issues around modelling survey data and the problems of serial correlation, heteroscedasticity and multicollinearity.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr John Stapleton |
This unit provides an introduction to modern time series methods. The topics covered include a review of stationary, univariate ARMA models, stochastic and deterministic trends, testing for unit roots, vector auto regressions, multivariate cointegration and error correction models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed either ETC2410 or ECC2410 before undertaking this unit or must be enrolled in course 3822 or 4412.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Heather Anderson |
The specification, estimation and testing of asset pricing models, including the capital asset pricing model and extensions; the statistical characteristics of financial data emphasising skewness, kurtosis and volatility aspects; volatility models such as ARCH models of financial time series, with applications to stock prices, derivatives, and exchange rates including the forecast performance of these models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following units: ECC2410, ETC2410, ETC3440, ETC4344, ETX9344 or be granted permission, or must be enrolled in Course Code 3822 or 4412.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lee Gordon-Brown, Associate Professor Ralph Snyder |
This unit covers modelling of business processes involving risk and uncertainty. It has a particular emphasis on the principles of decision making under risk and the use of Monte Carlo simulation methods for complex business operations. It covers applications in the management of manufacturing and services, including inventory control. Training is provided in the programming language Matlab and the simulation package Simul8.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC2490
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anastasios Panagiotelis |
Introduction to multivariate statistical techniques for the analysis of survey data and models to analyse the discrete choice behaviour of individuals. Topics include multivariate analysis of variance, principal components analysis, factor analysis, correspondence analysis and models of discrete choice behaviour. Statistical software and case studies will be utilised during this subject and students will apply the techniques to a variety of practical problems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ECC2410, ETC2410, ETC2500, ETC3440 or MKC2500 before undertaking this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Fima Klebaner and Professor Don Poskitt |
Mathematical definition of options and other financial derivatives; probability models; mathematical models of random processes; applications; numerical methods; Monte Carlo methods.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%.
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Colin O'Hare |
The modelling and valuation of cash flows dependent on death, survival, or other uncertain risks.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFC2340 or ETC2430
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Simon Angus and Dr Brett Parris |
The aim of this unit is to enable students to understand some of the complexities of interdisciplinary policy problems, particularly in the areas of sustainable development, and to enable them to design and undertake integrated modelling exercises for themselves. A complex systems science perspective will be adopted, introducing Agent-Based Modelling (ABM) as a flexible and powerful tool for exploring solutions to complex real-world problems. The ABM approach will be demonstrated and critically assessed through several interdisciplinary, integrated economy/sustainability models. Additionally, a flexible ABM modelling platform (NetLogo) will be introduced and demonstrated.
The learning goals associated with this unit are for students to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Simon Angus (First semester)
Dr Brett Parris (Second semester)
Students must have passed ETC1000 before undertaking this unit
It is recommended that students study ECC2800 Prosperity, poverty and sustainability in a globalised world
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Brett Inder |
A unit of study in a special field of econometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
It is recommended that students have completed at least three third year econometrics units.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike Callan |
Unit ETC4110 covers the subject material required for Actuaries Institute subject Part IIA The Actuarial Control Cycle. The student is introduced to the concept of the Actuarial Control Cycle and how it can be applied in practical commercial situations in a wide range of insurance and related applications. This covers life insurance, general insurance, health insurance, pension or superannuation funds and investment issues. The unit also develops the student's understanding of a wide range of commercial background matters in insurance, pensions and investment - covering features of financial products, the related business environment in Australia, and Government policies affecting insurance and related industries. Risk management is introduced both in terms of the risk issues involved in offering insurance and related financial products, and the general concepts of Enterprise Risk Management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40% Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment in this unit is not available via WES. Head of Department approval is required prior to enrolment.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike Callan |
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40% Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must seek permission from the Head of Department before enrolling in this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike Callan |
Unit ETC4130 covers the subject material required for Actuaries Institute subject Part IIB Investment and Asset Modelling. The unit gives an introduction into the investment background for Australian financial institutions, especially those offering insurance and related financial products. It then addresses issues in asset liability management. The student is introduced to the characteristics and behaviour of various investment types and the understanding of the relationship between risk and return. Valuation methods for investment types are addressed. Economic and financial theories relevant to investment are studied. The techniques of setting investment objectives for different investment funds are covered. More detailed issues in relation to asset liability management are then addressed, including how investment policy for assets may assist in managing liabilities for financial institutions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40% Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment in this unit is not available via WES. Head of Department approval is required prior to enrolment.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Don Poskitt |
The objective of this unit is to outline the general principles that underlie what has become known as the Generalized Method of Moments (GMM). The discussion is motivated by reference to econometric and statistical techniques, and simple practical examples with which students should be familiar. It is shown that GMM finds application in many areas of econometrics and business statistics, and that GMM may be viewed as a methodology that encompasses many econometric and statistical techniques. Broad topic headings are: Classical Method of Moments and Regression (OLS and IV), GMM, Identification, Asymptotic Distribution Theory for GMM, GMM and Optimal Inference.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Heather Anderson, Professor Keith McLaren |
This unit consists of two components relating to the theory underlying, and the implementation of, empirical work in econometrics. The first topic covers the specification and estimation of systems of consumer demand equations and producer demand and supply equations, extensions of these methods to other areas, and some practical applications. The second topic covers growth regressions, trend/cycle decompositions, structural breaks, structural vector autoregressions and error correction models and macroeconomic panels, together with some practical applications. On completion of this unit students should be familiar with recent developments in these fields and have developed the skills to undertake empirical work. Further, students should be able to critically evaluate empirical work and related policy analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Xueyan Zhao |
This unit covers specification, estimation and evaluation of a range of statistical models used to analyse (predominantly) micro data in economics, finance and marketing. These include models of discrete data on individual choice behaviour, censored and truncated data. A hands-on approach is taken, such that the models are illustrated with real-life applications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor John Madden |
This unit covers the theoretical structure and application of computable general equilibrium (CGE) models. Topics include:
During hands-on computing sessions, students will undertake simulations of a series of economic policy questions and analyse results.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin and Dr Bonsoo Koo |
This unit introduces students to a range of advanced, current techniques used in analysing financial data. Topics covered include the analysis of the time series and distributional features of financial data; the use of stochastic volatility and realised volatility models to capture time-varying volatility, including long memory in volatility; the use of econometric methods to estimate Value at Risk; the modelling of transactions data using trade duration models and transaction-based volatility models; continuous time processes and the application of econometric techniques to option pricing; and the use of generalised method of moments in financial models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin, Associate Professor Catherine Forbes |
This unit introduces students to both foundational and methodological aspects of Bayesian econometrics. Topics covered include a review of the philosophical and probabilistic foundations of Bayesian inference; the contrast between the Bayesian and frequentist (or classical) statistical paradigms; the use of prior information via the specification of objective, Jeffreys and subjective prior distributions; Bayesian linear regression; the use of simulation techniques in Bayesian inference, including Markov chain Monte Carlo algorithms; Bayesian analysis of Gaussian and non-Gaussian time series econometric models, including state space models; and the Kalman filter as a Bayesian updating rule.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC3400 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Xueyan Zhao |
Topics for seminar presentation are selected in consultation with the coordinator. A list of possible topics will be distributed but students are encouraged to propose subjects of interest to them, based in their own discipline. Students present one paper, act as formal discussant on another, and are expected to engage in discussion of others.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment : 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bruce Stephens |
This unit presents the basis techniques of quantitative risk analysis. Risk identification and measurement techniques most commonly used in industry are discussed, including descriptive statistics. The basic rules of probability are presented in practical contexts and as the foundation for the study of probability distributions - themselves the foundations of risk analysis models. Finally, spreadsheet models of practical situations are developed and evaluated, using simulation methods.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Duangkamon Chotikapanich (First semester); Professor Param Silvapulle (Second semester) |
Econometrics is a set of research tools employed not only in economics but also in business disciplines. This unit covers the basic tools for estimation in the context of simple and multiple linear regression, the sampling properties of the least squares estimator, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. It also covers regression with dummy variables, model specification issues and estimation problems when least squares assumptions are violated. EViews is used as the software package.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Duangkamon Chotikapanich (First semester)
Professor Param Silvapulle (Second semester)
Students must have completed ETX1100 or equivalent before undertaking this unit or must be enrolled in course 3822 or 4412.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Elizabeth Maharaj (First semester); Dr Mindi Nath (Second semester) |
Further develops statistical concepts from ETX1100 and their application to business sectors such as finance and accounting. Sources of data and sampling techniques. Confidence intervals and hypothesis testing both for single populations and between populations to identify significant findings with applications to accounting and finance, risk modelling. Commonly used modelling methods in industry -- simple and multiple regression, analysis of time series in financial markets. Excel software will be used. Emphasis throughout is on interpretation of results that provides insight and value to management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Elizabeth Maharaj (First semester)
Dr Mindi Nath (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jill Wright |
This is a software-oriented subject intended to provide a working knowledge of decision-making tools and techniques applicable in a business environment. Various optimisation techniques used in managerial decision-making will be introduced. Topics include business modelling with spreadsheets, linear programming models, transportation and assignment models, inventory control models, network models, project planning and scheduling models. Applications in management, marketing, accounting, finance and related fields are emphasised.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bruce Stephens |
The topics covered in this unit include: The Linear model, Linear Simultaneous Equations, Non-linear functions, Financial mathematics, Derivatives and Partial Differentiation, Optimisation (constrained and non-constrained), Matrix Algebra and Difference Equations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC2440, ETC2440
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vasilis Sarafidis (First semester); Associate Professor George Athanasopoulos (Second Semester) |
This unit presents econometric models and techniques that are widely used in applied econometrics. The topics covered are linear regression models with random regressors, method of moments and instrumental variables estimation; simultaneous equations models; models for time-series data; introduction to maximum likelihood estimation; models for discrete dependent variables and models for panel data. EViews computer software is used to carry out data analysis and estimation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ETF2100 or ETC2410 or ETC3440 or equivalent or must be enrolled in Course Code 3822 or 4412.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor George Athanasopoulos |
Basic forecasting tools. Review of basic time series analysis techniques. Moving averages and exponential smoothing forecasting methods. Box-Jenkins method of forecasting. Comparison of forecasting techniques. Introduction to time series regression and dynamic models. Applications to time series from the accounting, economics, banking, finance and management areas. Excel and SPSS will be used.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ETX2111, ETX2121, ETF2121, ETF2100 or ETC1010 before undertaking this unit or must be enrolled in course 3822 or 4412.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Hsein Kew |
This unit covers statistics and econometric tools to assess the time series properties and distributional properties of financial series. It teaches how to model and estimate the single-factor and multiple-factor capital asset pricing models; and conduct diagnostic checks and reliable statistical inferences on various risk-return relationships and financial market hypotheses. It also introduces recent literature on modelling, estimating and forecasting financial markets' volatility; and parametric and nonparametric methods to estimate the value at risk and expected shortfall. EVIEWS software will be used to carry out financial data analysis and applied research projects.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tissa Galagedera |
This unit is designed to develop quantitative problem solving skills. The emphasis is on recognising and identifying decision problems, modelling them and generating solutions to them. Various optimisation techniques used in the business decision-making process will be introduced. Topics include benchmarking with data envelopment analysis, game theory, queuing models, Markov chains and simulation modelling. Applications in business, particularly in management, marketing, banking and finance will be used in the demonstration.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETF2480 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anastasios Panagiotelis |
This unit adopts a very practical approach to introducing multivariate statistical techniques that are currently popular in the analysis of business survey data. The main topics to be covered are: a review of statistical tools, factor analysis, structural equation modelling, cluster analysis, discriminant analysis, correspondence analysis and multivariate analysis of variance. SPSS software will be used for problem solving. The emphasis will be on understanding, interpreting and reporting results of the analysis and on the proper use of techniques. Case studies drawn from business will be discussed.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vasilis Sarafidis |
The topics covered in this unit include: review of regression analysis, binomial dependent variables, unordered multinomial dependent variables, ordered multinomial dependent variables, duration dependent variables. Computer software EVIEWS will be used to apply these techniques to real world problems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mindi Nath |
Introduction to spreadsheeting. Descriptive statistics. Elementary probability. Discrete and continuous probability distributions. Statistical inference. Simple linear regression and correlation. Forecasting and time series. Index numbers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Diana Contreras-Suarez |
Students will learn to use basic statistical techniques and their applications to problems in accounting, economics, finance, management, marketing and business in general. Students should also be able to effectively communicate (written and verbal) the results of their analyses. This unit covers descriptive statistics (graphical and numerical measures) for revealing the information contained in data; probability as a tool for dealing with uncertainty and risk; probability distributions to model business behaviour; estimation and hypothesis testing techniques for business decision making; simple tools for forecasting time series. Excel is used extensively.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Morire Labeodan |
This unit aims to develop the mathematical knowledge, skills and attitudes of first year business students. Students will learn about the following topics; mathematical preliminaries, the straight line and applications, simultaneous equations, non-linear functions and applications, differentiation and applications, integration and applications, function of several variables (partial differentiation), basic linear algebra and financial mathematics (arithmetic and geometric progression, simple and compound interest, depreciation and net present value).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Business Science to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rakesh Bhurtun |
The purpose of this module is to develop a scope of knowledge of the main areas of the theory of single variable and multivariable calculus, namely differentiation and integration of one or more variable functions by means of first principles and otherwise, and to include an understanding of the key terms, concepts, facts, principles, rules and theories pertaining to single and multivariable variable calculus.
The learning goals associated with this unit are for students to understand the following concepts:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETS1200 or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rakesh Bhurtun |
The main aim of this unit is to provide a solid introductory background in probability theory to students wishing to pursue a career as an econometrician, but also to those who wants to do further studies in economics at post-graduate level.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to understand the concepts of:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jason Ng Wei Jian |
An introduction to descriptive statistics -- the collection, organisation, presentation and analysis of grouped and ungrouped data using measures of location and dispersion; the construction of index numbers, with application to share price indices and the CPI; analysis of relationships between variables using simple and multiple regression, with applications to forecasting; main ideas of probability theory as a foundation for statistical inference; concept of sampling as a way of capturing uncertainty about data; estimators and their properties; constructing and interpreting confidence intervals, testing a hypothesis, including analysis of variance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elsa Phung (First semester); Dr Santha Vaithilingam (Second semester) |
Introduction to principles and techniques for modelling business and economic data.
Modelling in business and finance using computers -- spreadsheet modelling of business problems, organising and accessing data efficiently. Modelling in economics and finance -- multiple regression as a tool for modelling macroeconomic and microeconomic decisions, elasticities and statistical evaluation of policy, time series modelling with application to finance. Introduction to actuarial studies as an approach to building quantitative models of risk.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Thangarajah Thiagu (Malaysia); Mr Rakesh Bhurtun (South Africa) |
Introduction to spreadsheeting. Descriptive statistics. Elementary probability. Discrete and continuous probability distributions. Statistical inference. Simple linear regression and correlation. Forecasting and time series. Index numbers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jason Ng Wei Jian (Malaysia); Mr Rakesh Bhurtun (South Africa) |
Sampling designs and inference; confidence limits and tests on means, proportion, differences. Cross tabulation, with chi square. Simple and multiple linear regression: regression with non-linear terms; regression with dummy variables. Introduction to analysis of variance. Uses Excel.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Jason Ng Wei Jian (Malaysia)
Mr Rakesh Bhurtun (South Africa)
Students must have passed one of the following: ETG1102, ETW1102 or ETW1000 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Santha Vaithilingam (Malaysia) |
This unit introduces students to the empirical analysis of relationships between economic variables. The approach is based on linear regression theory, and emphasises 'hands on' data analysis. Topics studied will include properties of least squares estimators, hypothesis testing, the choice of appropriate functional form, the use of dummy variables, issues around modelling survey data and the problems of serial correlation, heteroscedasticity and multicollinearity.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Akram Hasanov |
Introduction to sample survey methods, quality management and statistical techniques for survey data used in business, industry and the public sector. Topics covered include the planning and execution of a survey, sampling methods, quality management and sampling, the design of experiments, analysis of variance and analysis of 'ranked data'.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Akram Hasanov |
Topics include business modelling with spreadsheets; the methodology of business modelling; linear programming; transportation and assignment problems; network models and project scheduling problems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mindi Nath |
The unit presents the basic statistical and econometric methodology in model building and model evaluation in general, and the treatment of autocorrelation, lagged relationship, qualitative variables, multicollinearity and heteroscedasticity, in particular it covers estimation and evaluation of multiple regression models, and testing for the validity of various theories in the areas of business. It also introduces the recent literature on unit root and cointegration in business data analysis. EViews computer software will be used to carry out data analysis and applied research projects.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Santha Vaithilingam |
This unit presents econometric models and techniques that are widely used in modern applied econometrics. Emphasis is placed on models that address the special problems that arise when analysing microeconomic data, that is, data at the level of individual consumers, households and firms. The topics covered include modelling discrete dependent variables, modelling data sets that have both a cross-section and a time-series dimension and conducting inference in models in which the dependent variable is jointly determined with one or more of the regressors. The models taught in this unit are widely used in empirical work in economics, finance and marketing.
The learning goals associate with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jason Ng Wei Jian |
Topics include fundamentals of forecasting, univariate and multivariate forecasting tools. The univariate forecasting tools include moving averages, exponential smoothing forecasting, seasonal decomposition, review of basic time series analysis and Box-Jenkins (ARIMA) models. Econometric approaches to multivariate forecasting include regression models, modelling and forecasting with ARIMA processes and evaluation of forecasts. Introduction to qualitative forecasting methods including technological forecasting methods. Excel, SPSS and EViews will be used.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Elsa Phung |
This subject covers computer models of business operations, how they are built, and the way they are used in decision-making. The principles of decision-making under risk and the Monte Carlo simulation method are introduced and applied, together with other quantitative methods, to a range of problems in supply chain management. A training in more advanced aspects of Microsoft Excel is provided with a particular emphasis on the use of Visual Basic for Applications to customise spreadsheet models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BUS2020, ETC3480
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Akram Hasanov |
This unit introduces students to a wide range of contemporary financial econometric techniques which are commonly utilised in the financial data analysis. Topics covered include the random walk model, volatility and risk modelling, and several symmetric and asymmetric univariate volatility models. Also, this unit will expose students to applications of econometric analysis in the multivariate asset pricing models, portfolio selection and performance analysis, and volatility transmissions between markets and assets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Santha Vaithilingam |
This unit aims to provide an understanding and application of the tools and techniques of data mining in delivering superior value added propositions to businesses. Students will learn the data mining methodology, appropriate techniques to apply in different cases, practical use of data mining software and how to interpret the knowledge generated from these tools. Students will be exposed to emerging areas in data mining, such as applications of data mining in the cloud.
Students will also learn about ethical concerns on the use of data mining. Superior data mining skills and knowledge enables the business to maximise the value of current customers, through creative and critical analysis of favourable circumstances and possibilities for gaining increasing business and or reducing costs from current customers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
FIT3002, CSE3212, GCO3828 or equivalent.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester B 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Gerrie Roberts |
Students will learn to use basic statistical techniques and apply them to problems in accounting, finance, management, marketing and business in general. Students should also be able to effectively communicate the results of their analyses. This unit covers descriptive statistics for revealing the information contained in data; probability as a tool for dealing with uncertainty; probability distributions to model business behaviour; confidence interval estimation and hypothesis testing techniques for single populations; analysis of relationships between variables using simple linear regression; and simple tools for forecasting time series data. Excel software will be used.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bruce Stephens |
This unit presents the basis techniques of quantitative risk analysis. Risk identification and measurement techniques most commonly used in industry are discussed, including descriptive statistics. The basic rules of probability are presented in practical contexts and as the foundation for the study of probability distributions - themselves the foundations of risk analysis models. Finally, spreadsheet models of practical situations are developed and evaluated, using simulation methods.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETX9520, ETX2011
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ann Maharaj (First semester); Mr Bruce Stephens (Second semester) |
Further develops statistical concepts from ETX1100 and their application to business sectors such as finance and accounting. Sources of data and sampling techniques. Confidence intervals and hypothesis testing both for single populations and between populations to identify significant findings with applications to accounting and finance, risk modelling. Commonly used modelling methods in industry -- simple and multiple regression, analysis of time series in financial markets. Excel software will be used. Emphasis throughout is on interpretation of results that provides insight and value to management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Ann Maharaj (First semester)
Mr Bruce Stephens (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jill Wright |
Business analytics can unlock the hidden insights in data to give businesses a competitive advantage. Many businesses have masses of data about customers and operations, and need skilled analysts to uncover insights and make informed predictions.
This unit uses data visualisation to explore and analyse data sets of all sizes, and it introduces some business analytic models for interpretation and prediction.
It will introduce an appropriate software environment for data visualisation, and analytics, and cover visualisation and analysis techniques for categorical and numerical variables. Visualisation methods to be covered include some of Box-and-whisker plots, Mosaics, Rotatable 3D scatter plots, Heat maps, Motion charts, cluster and association charts. Models to be covered include linear regression models, classification and regression trees, and random forests. Methods for evaluating model performance will also be discussed. Examples from marketing, finance, economics and related disciplines will be included.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ann Maharaj |
Basic forecasting tools. Review of basic time series analysis techniques. Moving averages and exponential smoothing forecasting methods. Box-Jenkins method of forecasting. Comparison of forecasting techniques. Introduction to time series regression and dynamic models. Applications to time series from the accounting, economics, banking, finance and management areas. Excel and SPSS will be used.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pieter Van Dijk |
On completion of this unit students should have an understanding of: the nature of managerial work in organisations; theories of management and their historical development; contemporary issues and practices relating to managing people and organisations; key factors in the organisation's environment that impact on how managers and organisations work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mulyadi Robin |
Students gain an understanding of factors affecting the behaviour of people in work settings. The unit focuses on individual, group, and total organisational human factors influencing the effectiveness of organisations including: the nature of organisations in the global context; individual behaviour including perception, attitudes, values and personality, motivation and performance; group behaviour in organisations including the properties and management of groups, leaders and leadership, organisational power, influence, communication, conflict and decision making; organisational structure; organisational culture; change; the formal and informal organisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Aaron Wijeratne |
Analysis of the strategic role of HRM in organisations, human resource planning, job design, staffing, performance management, training and development, reward systems, legal issues in employment, HR information systems, and the contribution of HRM to competitive advantage.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Lindsay |
Business environments including markets, critical success factors, and strategies employed to gain a competitive advantage; the nature of strategic management; the analysis and interpretation of business environments; the nature of competition, relative position of firms, individual strategies and their relationship to critical success factors; strengths and weaknesses related to production, logistics, finance, research and development, marketing, administration etc.; the role of structure, controls, rewards, culture and leadership in implementation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robyn Cochrane (Clayton); Dr Uma Jogulu (Malaysia) |
On completion of this unit students should have an understanding of: the nature of managerial work in organisations; theories of management and their historical development; contemporary issues and practices relating to managing people and organisations; key factors in the organisation's environment that impact on how managers and the organisations work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glennis Hanley |
This unit examines how organisations operate, the context in which they operate, and the factors which determine how managers can operate more effectively. The main topics include: the management function in an organisational context; the impact of external and internal environments; the planning, organising and controlling of organisations; future management trends and business planning.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alex Newman |
This unit will provide an introduction for students to the broad context in which international business operates, and will address the general theory and management issues related to doing business internationally. Topics include a brief history of management of international business; managing the environment and international relations; understanding of the nature of multinational, transnational and small businesses as multinational enterprises; comparisons of business systems in a variety of developing and developed countries; the management of ethical and social responsibility issues; and future challenges in managing international business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr David Chin |
Management systems in Asia through a focus on paradigms, such as Japanese management; the implications for management of union cultures in various national contexts; cross-cultural management issues in multinationals; the transfer of management systems at the level of the corporation and the state; an understanding of how people are managed in Asia through the study of how local ethnic, gender, religious and kinship factors affect employees and managers in their work ethics, career strategies, leadership and decision-making styles. National contexts include Japan, Korea, Taiwan, China (including Hong Kong), Vietnam, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand and Singapore.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tui McKeown |
This unit provides a framework for understanding the behaviour of people at work. Its fields of analysis include the individual, the group, and the total organisation. The unit provides information on human factors that influence individual and organisational effectiveness such as differences in perception, personality, motivation, leadership styles and others. The study of organisational behaviour is based upon social science methods and links with other studies in behavioural sciences such as management, human resource management, sociology and psychology.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
It is recommended that students complete MGC1010 before undertaking this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Linda McGuire |
This unit examines the theory and practice of modern public management with a special focus on three key themes: accountability, efficiency and effectiveness. Topics include the political and social context of public management; the differences between public and private management; the impact of the Constitution and federalism; the role of the minister and cabinet; reforms to the traditional model of public management; corporatisation and privatisation; budgetary reforms; the new administrative law; and the new federalism.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Christopher Nyland |
This unit examines the relationship between government and business with a focus on contemporary issues. Key topics include: international paradigms in business/government relations; regulation; and the management of the employment relationship.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sandra Cockfield |
The unit provides a foundation for the study and practice of employment and human resource management through exploring the complex range of factors which shape how employers and employees relate to each other across a range of developed and developing market economies. Topics include comparative analysis, international employment relations institutions and actors, and employment relations in Europe, the Americas and in Asian economies, including China and India.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glennis Hanley |
The subject focuses on the changing nature of work and the implications of this for labour and management at the workplace. Topics include new technology and team working; employee financial participation; training and skill formation; equal opportunity and managing diversity; and occupational health and safety.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Aaron Wijeratne |
This unit provides an introduction to the factors involved in the effective utilisation of people within organisations. Topics include analysis of the global context for human resource management (HRM); the strategic role of HRM; human resource planning; job analysis; staffing; performance management; training and development; remuneration; and legal issues in HRM, including EEO and occupational health and safety.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rod Sarah |
This unit integrates 'systems thinking' with policy analysis to help students and managers understand and deal with policy design within complex systems such as modern organisations or the global climate system. Operating as an experiential learning environment, students will engage in policy modelling and analysis of the sustainability impacts of policy directions. A variety of public policy issues including issues and problems at a global level including climate and population challenges, urban dynamics involved in sustainable cities, dynamics of the health system as a wellness system, including medical workforce dynamics and patient care, and environmental dynamics surrounding issues such as water management and species maintenance such as fish-stocks and regulatory dynamics. Embracing contemporary systems mapping, modelling, simulation and analysis techniques, students will be able to conduct their own policy formulation and evaluation experiments to anticipate their viability and sustainability outcomes in complex dynamic systems, identify leverage points for improving policy outcomes.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Linda McGuire |
This is a capstone unit for students undertaking a management major in the Bachelor of Commerce degree. The unit considers the practical applications of strategic management concepts and theories. Students are required to apply critical thinking and research skills to strategic problem solving in contemporary Australian cases. The emphasis is on analysis and judgment to identify strategic issues, evaluate options and recommend action.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Successful completion of 72 credit points.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Professor Ramanie Samaratunge |
This unit highlights the challenges of managing the global activities of international companies; examines the environmental foundations and cultural contexts for international management; discusses the impact of national cultures on management, negotiation and communication; and provides an overview of strategic, operational and human resource management issues in the dynamic international economy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Aaron Wijeratne |
This unit examines the process of organisation change within the theoretical frameworks of organisation culture, power and leadership. It examines the major schools of thought concerning the management of change, and analyses change processes used in organisations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glennis Hanley |
This unit examines the role and nature of small firms in industrial economies, including types of ownership and structures and the types of people who own and manage them. It also examines entrepreneurs and entrepreneurial behaviour, family firms and the trend for women to leave large firms to start up their own business. Issues of managerial planning and skills are also discussed, particularly as they relate to the management of people at work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glennis Hanley |
This unit examines the strategic roles of human resource development in organisations: training; management and career development; and organisational development. Theories and factors affecting training outcomes; and economic, ethical, legal and financial considerations are considered also.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sandra Cockfield |
The focus of the unit is on developing the knowledge and skills to manage conflict in a range of business and professional contexts. Students study a variety of theories and processes that will enhance their skills in avoiding and resolving disputes within and between organisations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester A 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester B 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lakmal Abeysekera (Caulfield); Dr Bruce Johnstone (City) |
On completion of this unit students should have an understanding of: the nature of managerial work in organisations; theories of management and their historical development; contemporary issues and practices relating to managing people and organisation's; key factors in the organisation's environment that impact on how managers and the organisations work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Lakmal Abeysekera
Dr Robyn Cochrane (City, Melbourne)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nathan Eva |
Communication theory emphasising written and oral communication in relation to organisational, intrapersonal, interpersonal and group communication. Importance of relationships in the work context, language, listening and nonverbal behaviour. Interpersonal contexts include negotiation, interviewing, feedback, coaching and counselling. Group communication -- roles, leadership and facilitation, problem-solving, decision making and group creativity.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jun Gu |
The unit takes a positive and appreciative approach, presenting supportable practices and interventions to help understand and develop more positive and productive individual, team and organisational behaviours and outcomes. A range of relevant issues will be addressed at the organisational, environmental, team and individual levels including: the employment relationship, reward systems, positive organisational behaviours, learning, leadership, teamwork, technology, emotions, culture and diversity.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marjorie Jerrard |
Management of employment relationships and workplace issues is central to the unit. Roles of parties to the employment relationship -- management, employees, trade unions, employer groups, governments, and tribunals -- are analysed. Management and employee roles in conflict resolution, negotiation and bargaining, conciliation and arbitration, and maintaining control of the employment relationship are covered. External and internal environments are considered regarding productivity, equity, regulation, labour market reform, and decentralisation of the industrial relations system to an enterprise focus.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester B 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lakmal Abeysekera |
The international environment including international trade and investment, and the legal, political, cultural and technological contexts faced by internationalising organisations; forms of operations available to the internationalising organisation; the impact of the multinational enterprise; international strategic planning.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Cooney |
The unit provides an introduction to contemporary quality management practice with a focus on customers, business partners and people working within organisational systems. The unit covers quality management theory, quality control systems, continuous improvement, product and process innovation, the management of knowledge for innovation, teamwork systems and organisational restructuring for innovation and quality management
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGC2250, MGW2511
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Fang Cooke |
This unit explores the HRM theory and practice of managing workforces globally. Topics may include workforce planning in a global context, design of work processes and systems, and risk management in a dynamic environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Mayson (First semester); Mr Aaron Wijeratne (Second semester) |
This unit is an introduction to human resource management, theory, context and practices. It focuses on the contribution of HRM to organisational competitive advantage and meeting the needs of employees and other stakeholders.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrea North-Samardzic |
The interface between establishing a continuous learning environment, coaching and performance appraisal systems, training and development practices and the implementation of reward systems. The unit focus is on: personal and organisational skills and procedures through setting performance standards and objectives; performance review methods; giving effective feedback; links with rewards and compensation; determining training and development needs and objectives; coaching and feedback skills, planning, conducting and evaluating the training and development of staff.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peter O'Neill |
The components of IT; characteristics of hardware, software and telecommunications; types of information systems; networking and the worldwide web; managing 'information' workers; using IT to promote business objectives and gain competitive advantage; systems development methodology; IT-enabled transformation to create adaptive, flexible organisations; social and system issues associated with IT; managerial problems posed by IT. Computer laboratory exposure to a variety of applications software including electronic mail, project management, graphics, and other decision support software.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGC3510, MGW3381
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrew Laurence Cavanagh |
Business environments including markets, critical success factors, and strategies employed to gain a competitive advantage; the nature of strategic management; the analysis and interpretation of business environments; the nature of competition, relative position of firms, individual strategies and their relationship to critical success factors; strengths and weaknesses related to production, logistics, finance, R and D, marketing, administration etc.; the role of structure, controls, rewards, culture and leadership in implementation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glennis Hanley |
This unit examines the strategic roles of human resource development in organisations: training; management and career development; and organisational development. Theories and factors affecting training outcomes; and economic, ethical, legal and financial considerations are considered also.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sandra Cockfield |
Skills in identifying, understanding and managing conflict are essential in a range of business and professional contexts. Participants in this unit will study a variety of theories and processes that will enhance their skills in avoiding and resolving disputes within and between organisations. Participants will learn through engaging in activities related to negotiation, mediation, advocacy, arbitration and other dispute resolution processes.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Donohue (Caulfield); Ms Anne Smith (Berwick) |
Theory of organisation change and development, OD and metaphor, the client-consultant relationship, diagnosis, interventions, organisational learning, resistance to change, managing resistance to change, evaluation and institutionalisation of change, transformation and cultural change, future directions, revision.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dan Wang (First semester); Dr Andrew Cavanagh (Berwick); Dr Mingqiong Zhang (Second semester) |
Management theory and its application in various cultures. Topics covered include: the role of culture; motivation; global leadership; international human resources management; international teams, and ethics and social responsibility.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Dan Wang (First semester)
Dr Mingqiong Zhang (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Cathy Sheehan |
A range of major issues impacting on human resource management in organisations including demographic and social change, ethics in HRM, managing diversity, assessment centre techniques, the impact of Government legislation on HRM, the contribution of HRM to improving productivity, managing outsourcing, career development and mentoring.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Christine Lee |
On completion of this unit students should have an understanding of: the nature of managerial work in organisations; theories of management and their historical development; contemporary issues and practices relating to managing people and organisation's; key factors in the organisation's environment that impact on how managers and the organisations work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Christine Lee |
This unit is designed to develop students' awareness of communication issues within organisational settings and their own capacity as professionals to communicate effectively. The unit emphasises the importance of effective communication both oral and written, introduces models of communication and focuses on communication as process and transaction. Overall the unit is designed to allow students the opportunity to explore the ways in which intrapersonal, interpersonal, group and organisational communication are experienced within organisations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Soma Pillay |
Students gain an understanding of factors affecting the behaviour of people in work settings. The unit focuses on individual, group, and total organisational human factors influencing the effectiveness of organisations, including: the nature of organisations in the global context; individual behaviour including perception, attitudes, values and personality, motivation and performance; group behaviour in organisations -- the properties and management of groups, leaders and leadership, organisational power, influence, communication, conflict and decision making; organisational structure; organisational culture; change; the formal and informal organisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Rayner |
This unit will critically analyse the role and function of recruitment, selection and placement processes in human resource management including: pre-recruitment needs, attracting the right person to the vacancy, short-listing applicants, selection methods and measurement, contracts of employment and induction. Contextual factors within the internal and external environment, such as legal and ethical requirements, will be explored.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
organisation's strategic business and HRM objectives within an Australian context
between the employer, consultant and candidate
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGW2322
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sijun Shao |
This unit focuses on employment relations issues, mainly in the Australian context. It includes an overview of the economic, legal and social elements of the employment relationship and the management of commitment and discontent in the workplace; the role of the parties: workers, employers, their collective organisations and the state; the processes of regulation: conciliation and arbitration, individual contracts, enterprise bargaining, negotiation; employment practises: pay, employment, work organisation and skill formation; international influences on employment relations; equity and justice in the workplace.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Christine Lee |
The international environment including international trade and investment, and the legal, political, cultural and technological contexts faced by internationalising organisations; forms of operations available to the internationalising organisation; the impact of the multinational enterprise; international strategic planning.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Analysis of the strategic role of HRM in organisations, human resource planning, job design, staffing, performance management, training and development, reward systems, legal issues in employment, HR information systems, and the contribution of HRM to competitive advantage.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) |
Project management for small to medium enterprises introduces the essential concepts, tools and techniques relevant to project management. The unit content covers the broad perspectives of managerial skills and knowledge required to initiate, implement, and evaluate successful projects. These perspectives include strategic planning, financial control, human resource management, and project evaluation. Throughout the unit, the application of relevant information technology and the pursuit of quality outcomes underpin and reinforce these perspectives.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGW2700
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sijun Shao |
This unit introduces students to various concepts of organisational change and development. It covers topics including: theories of organisational development, organisational change and organisational transformation; the role of the organisational change practitioner; development of change interventions; employee responses to change; and challenges of change.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Damian Morgan |
An introduction to the service concept, service operations management and the role of operations in business strategy. Management processes and systems are introduced to cover structuring the service enterprise (the service delivery system, facility location and layout), and managing service operations (quality and productivity, queuing, facilitating goods, capacity and demand).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Christine Lee |
Business environments including markets, critical success factors, and strategies employed to gain a competitive advantage; the nature of strategic management; the analysis and interpretation of business environments; the nature of competition, relative position of firms, individual strategies and their relationship to critical success factors; strengths and weaknesses related to production, logistics, finance, R and D, marketing, administration etc.; the role of structure, controls, rewards, culture and leadership in implementation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Alan Lawton |
Introduction to the major differences between domestic and IHRM; cultural, social and ethical issues for IHRM; IHRM planning, policies and procedures; international relations and evaluation of host country environments; recruitment and selection; remuneration; training and compensating expatriates; maintaining the employment relationship within international operations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGC3430, MGF3430, MGW3430
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
A study of management theory related to varying cultures, the multinational business enterprise and the significance of cross-cultural variables in the business environment. Topics include ethics and social responsibilities; communication; leadership; motivation, control and conflict; human resource management and industrial relations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Lindsay |
On completion of this unit students should have an understanding of: the nature of managerial work in organisations; theories of management and their historical development; contemporary issues and practices relating to managing people and organisations; key factors in the organisation's environment that impact on how managers and the organisations work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jami Hurley |
This unit considers festivals and events as important and growing sectors of the tourism industry. Major topics include the nature, scale and scope of festivals and events, their economic impact and the importance of research and planning for their successful operation. Consideration is given to their social and environmental impacts and strategies for minimising any negative effects
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGW2200, MGW3100
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jami Hurley |
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Not applicable only offered to on campus students
NIL
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Lindsay |
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glen Croy |
This unit is identified and presented as a general introduction to the inherently international and multifaceted behaviour, practice and industry that is tourism. Through our individual and collective experiences, this unit will develop an understanding of tourism that will enable new interpretations of this now fundamental activity. This unit provides an introduction to tourism studies. The main areas covered include the tourist, including motivations and types of tourists, the key components of the tourism industry system, tourism destination development, and the social, economic and environmental impacts of tourism.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGW1501, MGW2501, MGX2501
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jami Hurley |
This unit introduces and develops an understanding of the role of communication in the tourism experience, including pre-visit, on-site and post-visit communication. The impacts of image and the media on tourism and the tourist experiences are examined. A major focus of this unit is the contribution of communication theory to cross-cultural communication and visitor interpretation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
NIL
MGW2520, MGW2522
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gordon Thompson |
Do businesses and managers have any responsibilities beyond profit maximisation? To what extent should organisational activities be left to the operation of the free market and to what extent should they be regulated through internal and external mechanisms? This unit examines the theoretical foundations of the different answers that have been given to these fundamental questions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3806, Bachelor of Business at Peninsula campus to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jami Hurley |
This unit is focused on theories and models of tourist behaviour including consumer behaviour, tourist decision-making and on-site behaviour. It explores the concept of the tourist experience. Issues, theories and debates around topics such as authenticity, tourist motivation and tourist satisfaction are also examined.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
NIL
MGW2521, MGW3521
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Aaron Wijeratne |
This unit is identified and presented as the capstone unit for the tourism major in the Bachelor of Business and as such draws together the learning and experiences gained from previous tourism units, other units and general life experiences. It includes consideration of key issues around the general theme of sustainable destinations. It provides an opportunity to apply sustainability principles and ethics to managing tourism destination development and its impacts.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
NIL
MGW3541, MGW3542
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glen Croy |
This unit provides an expansion and application to the tourism policy and planning process, approaches, decisions and implications. Through our individual and collective experiences, this unit will develop an understanding of tourism policy and planning that will enable new interpretations of how tourism can be prepared for at national, local and organisational levels. The main areas covered include tourism policy inclusion, climate change policy and planning, tourism protected resource policy and planning, and macro to micro tourism planning contexts.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGW3502, MGW2601
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Max Coulthard |
Business environments including markets, critical success factors, and strategies employed to gain a competitive advantage; the nature of strategic management; the analysis and interpretation of business environments; the nature of competition, relative position of firms, individual strategies and their relationship to critical success factors; strengths and weaknesses related to production, logistics, finance, R and D, marketing, administration etc.; the role of structure, controls, rewards, culture and leadership in implementation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Not available to off campus students
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia October intake 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Esther Chong Yit Sean (Malaysia); Ms Adlina Ahmad (Summer Semester); Ms Leane Coetzee (South Africa) |
On completion of this unit students should have an understanding of: the nature of managerial work in organisations; theories of management and their historical development; contemporary issues and practices relating to managing people and organisation's; key factors in the organisation's environment that impact on how managers and the organisations work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Chong Yit Sean
Ms Adlina Ahmad (Summer Semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Adlina Ahmad (Malaysia); Ms Angela Obwaka (South Africa) |
This unit is designed to develop students' awareness of communication issues within organisational settings and their own capacity as professionals to communicate effectively. The unit emphasises the importance of effective communication both oral and written, introduces models of communication and focuses on communication as process and transaction. Overall the unit is designed to allow students the opportunity to explore the ways in which intrapersonal, interpersonal, group and organisational communication are experienced within organisations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
On-campus: Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Off-campus: Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Adlina Ahmad |
The unit introduces basic principles of business from an Islamic perspective. It provides an understanding of the importance of business and economic activities in Islam, and the ways of organising and managing such business and economic activities to satisfy broader societal and community expectations in an equitable and ethical manner. The unit encourages students to critically analyse and apply Islamic perspectives of entrepreneurial, financial, managerial, and marketing functions to satisfy the consumer and community needs of modern society. It also facilitates the understanding of the inseparable roles of science and business in satisfying consumer and community needs where joint initiatives from both sides can make significant contributions to societal well-being.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
This unit comprises part of the Bachelor of Sports Promotion and Event Management. It is designed to provide students with an understanding of, and ability to manage, the diverse array of activities necessary to effectively manage sporting events. This includes the financial components of event management, the ability to plan, implement and present sporting events, and the ability to effectively integrate and satisfy the needs of external stakeholders such as sponsors, media, community, and guests.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGG2150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
This unit provides strategic insight into how to manage sport facilities. Many people mistakenly believe that the adage build it and they will come accurately describes the task of managing sporting facilities. Concerns about rising construction costs, aging facilities and the constraint on market growth imposed by small stadiums, together with a shift in focus from the common spectator to the corporate client, are just some of the many reasons why a strategic approach to managing sport facilities is so important to anyone looking to enter the arena of sports marketing. This unit covers the planning, development and operations required from a facility manager to effectively respond to the ever-changing environment of sport marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGG2160
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mazanai Musara (South Africa); Dr Patricia Lau (Malaysia) |
Students gain an understanding of factors affecting the behaviour of people in work settings. The unit focuses on individual, group, and total organisational human factors influencing the effectiveness of organisations, including: the nature of organisations in the global context; individual behaviour including perception, attitudes, values and personality, motivation and performance; group behaviour in organisations -- the properties and management of groups, leaders and leadership, organisational power, influence, communication, conflict and decision making; organisational structure; organisational culture; change; the formal and informal organisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
On-campus: Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Off-campus: Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Chew Yin Teng (First Semester); Dr Manjit Singh Sandhu (Summer Semester A); Ms Angela Obwaka (South Africa) |
The international environment including international trade and investment, and the legal, political, cultural and technological contexts faced by internationalising organisations; forms of operations available to the internationalising organisation; the impact of the multinational enterprise; international strategic planning.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Chew Yin Teng (First Semester)
Dr Manjit Singh Sandhu (Summer Semester A)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Patricia Lau (Malaysia); Professor Dina Burger (South Africa) |
Analysis of the strategic role of HRM in organisations, human resource planning, job design, staffing, performance management, training and development, reward systems, legal issues in employment, HR information systems, and the contribution of HRM to competitive advantage.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jennifer Laing |
This unit introduces and develops an understanding of the role of communication in the tourism experience, including pre-visit, on-site and post-visit communication. The impacts of image and the media on tourism and the tourist experiences are examined. A major focus of this unit is the contribution of communication theory to cross-cultural communication and visitor interpretation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGP2522, MGW2520
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Adlina Ahmad |
This unit covers an overall introduction to leadership with an emphasis on the Asian context. It covers relevant theoretical concepts as well as the practical, skill building approaches and learning drawn from actual experiences of organisational leaders. Specifically the unit begins by introducing definitions, meaning and relevance of leadership in organisations, followed by various theoretical approaches to leadership, the individual and internal (such as personality) and external (such as culture) elements of a leader, and concludes with the ways to develop effective communication and soft skills necessary in building leadership abilities. All of the topics will adopt an Asian perspective and consider the dynamic driving the environmental contexts within Asia.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Manjit Singh Sandhu (Malaysia); Mr Mazanai Musara (South Africa) |
This unit introduces students to various concepts of organisational change and development. It covers topics including: theories of organisational development, organisational change and organisational transformation; the role of the organisational change practitioner; development of change interventions; employee responses to change; and challenges of change.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed MGP1010 or MGF1010 or MGW1010 or MGB1010 or MGG1010 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Karthyeni Purushothaman (Berwick); Ms Jennifer Nzonzo (South Africa) |
This unit is designed to develop students' awareness of current theoretical perspectives on and of empirical evaluations of organisational initiatives designed to foster wellbeing at both the individual and organisational level. The unit will provide a macro-level framework for examining an organisation's social, ethical and environmental responsibility, followed by an examination of organisational level approaches to wellness including work/life initiatives and OH&S initiatives. At the micro-level the unit will address strategies the individual employees may use to manage their own state of wellness.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
The purpose of this unit is to examine and debate the critical role of social entrepreneurship in the modern business context. The unit will introduce students to social entrepreneurship and equip them with an understanding of the theoretical foundations and practical issues of social entrepreneurship. Key processes involved in the business of managing social enterprises such as the development and use of alternate yardsticks of performance measurement, approach to management of people, financing, and entrepreneurial leadership for social goals will be critically examined. Business models of social entrepreneurship will be introduced and critically evaluated in relation to conventional modes of practice. Topics studied will include definitions and background of social entrepreneurship; challenges and drivers of social entrepreneurship; processes and business models concerning social entrepreneurship.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gareth Evans |
An introduction to the service concept, service operations management and the role of operations in business strategy. Management processes and systems are introduced to cover structuring the service enterprise (the service delivery system, facility location and layout), and managing service operations (quality and productivity, queuing, facilitating goods, capacity and demand).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Teh Pei Lee |
The components of IT; characteristics of hardware, software and telecommunications; types of information systems; networking and the worldwide web; managing 'information' workers; using IT to promote business objectives and gain competitive advantage; systems development methodology; IT-enabled transformation to create adaptive, flexible organisations; social and system issues associated with IT; managerial problems posed by IT. Computer laboratory exposure to a variety of applications software including electronic mail, project management, graphics, and other decision support software.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGF3381, MGC3510
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tee Ding Ding |
Business environments including markets, critical success factors, and strategies employed to gain a competitive advantage; the nature of strategic management; the analysis and interpretation of business environments; the nature of competition, relative position of firms, individual strategies and their relationship to critical success factors; strengths and weaknesses related to production, finance, research and development, marketing, administration; the role of structure, controls, rewards, culture and leadership in implementation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed MGB1010 or MGF1010 or MGG1010 or MGP1010 or MGW1010 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anne Smith |
Introduction to the major differences between domestic and IHRM; cultural, social and ethical issues for IHRM; IHRM planning, policies and procedures; international relations and evaluation of host country environments; recruitment and selection; remuneration; training and compensating expatriates; maintaining the employment relationship within international operations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGC3430, MGF3430, MGG3430
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gary Lacey (Berwick); TBA (South Africa) |
This unit provides an introduction to the tourism policy, process, approaches and implications. The unit considers how and why governments develop policies that affect the tourism industry, related sectors, and the community. Through our individual and collective experiences, this unit will develop an understanding of tourism policy that will enable new interpretations of how tourism can be prepared for at national, local and business levels. The main areas covered include the roles of international to local level government and organisations in tourism policy, the inclusion of partners and stakeholders in tourism policy and implementation, and contemporary tourism policy issues.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed MGW2501 or MGX2501 before undertaking this unit
MGP3502, MGW1502, MGW2502
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Teh Pei Lee |
A study of management theory related to varying cultures, the multinational business enterprise and the significance of cross-cultural variables in the business environment. Topics include ethics and social responsibilities; communication; leadership; motivation, control and conflict; human resource management and industrial relations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed MGP1010 or MGF1010 or MGW1010 or MKB1010 or MGG1010 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rod Sarah |
This unit combines a broad introduction to the field of 'systems thinking' with a range of systems tools and methods to help students and managers understand and deal with complex systems such as modern organisations or the global climate system. Focusing on a 'new' way of thinking about complex system problems, systems thinking is widely considered essential in understanding and effectively managing contemporary complex organisations as well as complex social and natural system problems such as poverty, environmental degradation, or climate change. The unit is presented both as a set of thinking skills and practical skills that enable policy makers, business managers and public servants to act more effectively and responsibly within their organisations and a complex world.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glen Croy |
This unit considers festivals and events as important and growing sectors of the tourism industry. Major topics include the nature, scale and scope of festivals and events, their economic impact and the importance of research and planning for their successful operation. Consideration is given to their social and environmental impacts and strategies for minimising any negative effects.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGW3100 and MGW2200
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glen Croy |
This unit is identified and presented as a general introduction to the inherently international and multifaceted behaviour, practice and industry that is tourism. Through our individual and collective experiences, this unit will develop an understanding of tourism that will enable new interpretations of this now fundamental activity. This unit provides an introduction to tourism studies. The main areas covered include the tourist, including motivations and types of tourists, the key components of the tourism industry system, tourism destination development, and the social, economic and environmental impacts of tourism.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGW1501, MGW2501, MGP2501
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Elsa Phung |
Project management for small to medium enterprises introduces the essential concepts, tools and techniques relevant to project management. The unit content covers the broad perspectives of managerial skills and knowledge required to initiate, implement, and evaluate successful projects. These perspectives include strategic planning, financial control, human resource management, and project evaluation. Throughout the unit, the application of relevant information technology and the pursuit of quality outcomes underpin and reinforce these perspectives.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGG2700, MGW2700
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Winter semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elizabeth Prior Jonson (First and Second Semester); Dr Michelle Greenwood (Winter Semester) |
Do corporations have any responsibilities beyond profit maximisation? To what extent should business activities be left to the operation of the free market and to what extent should they be regulated through internal and external mechanisms? This unit examines the theoretical foundations of the different answers that have been given to these two fundamental questions. More specifically it examines the topics of ethical issues in marketing and advertising, climate change and environmental protection regulation and corporate governance, human resource management and social accounting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Elizabeth Prior Jonson (First and Second Semester)
Dr Michelle Greenwood (Winter Semester)
Completion of 12 units (72 points) of study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Adlina Ahmad |
This unit will concentrate on the nature and need for international strategy; the internationalisation process; the context of international strategy; regional strategy; the dynamics of international competition; role of culture in international strategy; corporate control of global corporations and strategic forms of multinational corporations (MNCs); international strategy in services; modes and patterns of international expansion and the management of international strategic cooperation; international strategy and learning; MNCs political strategies; international strategy process and success of international strategies; managing supply chain in the international arena.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGG3121, MGW3121
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Cathy Sheehan |
This unit identifies and develops the thinking skills that enable the formulation of innovative HR strategies that advance organisational needs and objectives to achieve sustainable competitive advantage by critically examining the relationship between HRM and organisational strategies. Topics typically include: the external and global environment for HRM, the dynamics of industry-based competition, strategic flexibility, and characteristics of innovative and value-adding HR practices and systems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Frances Scholtz |
This unit has a quota of 128.
This unit, as a final semester unit, integrates the business management knowledge, skills and attitudes students acquired throughout their bachelor study. The unit teaches students all the essential elements of running a business including strategic planning, leadership, teamwork, cause and effect relationships between functional areas (research and development, marketing, production and finance), satisfying customer demands, and competitive analysis in a simulated learning environment. More specifically students will learn to:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGW3401 and AFW1000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mazanai Musara |
The unit provides an overall introduction to entrepreneurship, from a theoretical to a process application of its principles. Topics include: definitions of entrepreneurship, nature and importance of entrepreneurs, the advantages and disadvantages of being an entrepreneur, types of entrepreneurs, the new venture creation process, developing a business plan, legal issues for entrepreneurs, sources of capital, legal forms of ownership, the role of government in developing and enabling the small business environment, and sources of information, funding, advice, business tools and other aids for entrepreneurs. The unit also applies this knowledge to the emerging markets of developing countries.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed MGP1010 or MGF1010 or MGW1010 or MKB1010 or MGG1010 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Daniel Prajogo |
Unit covers the major activities within the operations function of businesses, both manufacturing and service. The essential role of operations is to deliver value to customers by providing the right products, at the right quality standard, in the right quantities, at the right times, and doing so at the right cost (efficiently). The key operations activities included in this unit starts from pre-production tasks (designing products and processes), resource and capacity planning, sequencing and scheduling of the operations, supply chain and inventory management, quality control, and improvement methods whereby the system and its procedures are modified in the light of learning process.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
12 units (72 points)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nathan Eva (Clayton & Caulfield); Ms Frances Scholtz (South Africa) |
This interactive unit examines principles and practices of leadership which are vital for aspiring leaders of the future. Through a personal portfolio of leadership concepts, character, and competencies, students develop their potential for growth as strategic leaders of the 21st century organisations. Inspiring stories of leadership successes and failures from exemplary leaders in the past and present will guide students' leadership journey to find their own authentic voice. A plethora of cutting-edge leadership materials (research articles, movies and videos, case studies, role-plays, games, self-assessments) will also be featured weekly to enhance students' learning experience.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Donohue |
Basic introduction to research design in management; types of research designs; qualitative and quantitative data collection and measurement techniques; coding data; reliability and validity; qualitative and quantitative methods of analysis; interpreting and discussing results; structuring and writing the research report; integrating individual research into overall management literature.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in Course 0171 or 0181.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elizabeth Prior Jonson |
This unit analyses different ways in which management has been represented in management theory, and how these have affected judgements about the rationality and legitimacy of management practice.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0171 or 0181 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Donohue |
Graphical and multivariate data analysis techniques to communicate information derived from large scale survey data. Desktop and mainframe information technology is integrated to analyse data from various surveys. Teaching strategies include weekly workshop sessions dealing with the principles of data analysis; practical computer laboratory sessions; individual and team-based exercises.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0171 or 0181 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Anne Bardoel |
Topics selected for emphasis will alter as contemporary issues change. The study of great ideas in management on motivation, job design, human resource management, ethics, social responsibility, leadership, production/operations management, business policy, strategy, and the management process are explored through the study of the works of major management scholars.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0171 or 0181 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Donohue |
Students work under the guidance of a supervisor to carry out research that addresses: a classic or contemporary disciplinary debate; a current policy issue; or a generic issue within management practice.
The learning goal associated with this unit is to design and execute an independent research project over the course of two semesters, under the guidance of a staff supervisor. Projects may be based in qualitative or quantitative methodologies, or may include a mixed methods approach. For example, a quantitative project based on surveys will typically require: elucidation of the research question, conduct of a critical review of the relevant literature in relation to the chosen topic area, deriving hypotheses, identifying a target population, gaining ethics approval, designing a questionnaire, gathering the data, analysing the data using appropriate techniques, drawing conclusions and producing a major analytical thesis of up to 20,000 words on the project.
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 576 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0508 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Griffiths |
Principles of marketing introduces students to the broad discipline of marketing. It encompasses marketing's role in a dynamic business environment and introduces students to the concepts and strategies employed by marketers. The aim of the unit is to provide students with the conceptual skills necessary to identify and solve marketing problems. The unit provides a foundation for those students seeking to pursue further study in marketing; however it covers the broad scope of marketing for those students undertaking only one marketing unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Malcolm Kennedy |
Consumer behaviour explores the internal psychological factors that influence consumers in both the B2C and B2B contexts. It also provides a broad understanding of the potential for external social factors to influence the purchase decisions and behaviours of consumers. The concepts covered in this unit offer insight into the ways in which organisational strategies and tactics are shaped by two-way dialogue with consumers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Saunders |
Marketing research provides students with a broad understanding of the entire marketing research process. This includes understanding the marketing research decision process, research design, sampling, data collection, data analysis and how to prepare a marketing research proposal and report.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mustabshira Jasmine Rushdi |
This unit introduces the students to retailing from a management perspective. This includes the evolution of retailing; retail organisations and their structure; retail environment and the challenges; formulating and implementing retail strategy; merchandise management; retail pricing and communication mix; transportation and logistics; customer service; store location, layout and presentation; retail performance measurement.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mustabshira Jasmine Rushdi |
A brand is much more than a logo, a symbol, a sign or device, or simply the result of clever advertising. It helps to communicate value and create and deliver that value. Branding is a promise of value for customers. It helps to attract and, if it is true and accurate, keep customers. It provides an extra element of understanding or meaning, for customers as they form opinions and make purchase decisions from a variety of competing offerings. There is strong industry demand for graduates with a thorough understanding of branding. While this unit is primarily for students undertaking a major in marketing it is offered to any student with a prerequisite of an introductory marketing unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Griffiths |
Tourism marketing provides students with a broad understanding of how key marketing concepts and theories can be applied to the tourism sector.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Griffiths |
Services marketing provides students with a broad understanding of the application of marketing concepts and theories to the services sector. This includes understanding service design and delivery, customer service, service quality measurement and internal marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Boris Kolar |
The primary aim of this unit is to explore the use of marketing communication to build and sustain brands, based on knowledge of how communication works; the institutions which participate in the process and practical business processes necessary to achieve and measure defined communication goals. In particular, students will be able to understand the integrated nature of communication and develop a full appreciation of advertising, sales promotion, public relations, publicity and direct marketing in a digital and contemporary environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Manir Zaman |
International marketing explores the application of marketing concepts and theories to the international environment. It also provides a broad understanding of how economic, political, geographic, demographic, cultural and other international factors influence marketing strategy. The concepts covered in this unit offer insight into the relative value of alternative marketing strategies in different international markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Manir Zaman |
Digital marketing explores different aspects of the digital landscape and how to integrate digital technologies into the marketing mix. It also provides a broad understanding of the various digital marketing tools, and the application of these tools in the rapidly changing digital environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dewi TojibDr Pingping Qiu (Second Semester) |
This unit introduces students to the broad discipline of marketing. It encompasses marketing's role in a dynamic business environment and introduces students to the concepts and strategies employed by marketers in facing the challenges presented by the ever-changing world of business. The aim of the unit is to provide students with the conceptual skills necessary to identify and solve marketing problems. The unit provides a foundation for those students seeking to pursue further study in marketing; however it covers the broad scope of marketing for those students undertaking only one marketing unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Dewi TojibDr Pingping Qiu (Second semester)
Student must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0023, 0032, 0169, 0170, 0179, 0542, 0546, 0548, 1185, 1319, 1320, 1469, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2026, 2630, 3050, 3176, 3178, 3275, 3280, 3804, 3805, 3823, 3830, 3834, 4097, 4403, 4410, 4417, 4419, 4425, 4428 or 4615.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Thompson |
A study of the factors that influence, explain and help predict consumption behaviour in both individuals and organisations. How concepts and theories developed in the social sciences provide the theoretical background to understand individual, cultural and group influences on the behaviour of consumers. Examines the use marketers make of this information in developing marketing strategies, predicting behaviour and influencing consumers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Satheesh Seenivasan |
Decision support systems in marketing, characterising marketing environments, new product diffusion, repeat purchase models, market share analysis, generalised response models (for the univariate and the multivariate market mix), dynamic advertising response, advertising allocation (geographic and temporal) and decision theory applied to competitor response.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKF2131, MKW2131
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yongfu He |
This subject builds on the concepts and issues covered in MKC1200 Principles of marketing. It emphasises the role of marketing management in contemporary organisations, with particular focus on the marketing planning role and the formulation of marketing strategies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
A minimum of 48 credit points, including MKC1200 and one other marketing unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Forbes and Dr Dominic Thomas |
This unit introduces sample survey methods, statistical techniques for the analysis of survey data and also introduces qualitative research techniques. It provides students with the knowledge and skills required to understand the role research methods play in problem identification, decision making, strategy development, marketing planning and the evaluation of marketing performance.
The learning objectives of this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr David Toleman |
Introduction to the recent literature relating to implementation, evaluation and control of marketing strategies. Current concepts, theories and applications are addressed in the areas of market orientation, internal marketing, customer service and loyalty issues in marketing, brand equity, relationship marketing, marketing productivity analysis, marketing financial performance analysis, marketing organisation, database marketing, the use of technology information processes and marketing performance assessment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Pingping Qiu |
This subject integrates the conceptual knowledge and skills developed in earlier marketing subjects and sharpens students' abilities to analyse, evaluate and implement marketing strategies. The subject emphasises strategic analysis and the process of decision making in a marketing management context.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yongfu He |
In a largely deregulated economy companies which retain a domestic focus have found themselves facing increasing international competition and declining market opportunities. Thus, no market can exist without acknowledging international forces, trends and pressures. International trade, investment and service markets have been the fastest growing sectors of the world economy since the end of WWII. The dynamic growth of international markets and global marketing has evolved in a context of fundamental underlying forces and concepts. Electronic marketing; globalisation; standardisation; customisation; and horizontal management structures are some of those influences.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Sugden |
The legal framework which operates in relation to marketing decisions and practice. The impact of common law, legislation and self-regulating codes of practice in the market place. Particular topics include intellectual property rights, product development and promotion, product safety and quality, the regulation of unfair and anti-competitive conduct, franchising and electronic marketing and the law.
The learning goal associated with this unit is to be able to apply the main principles of law affecting the development of new products, the promotion of products, the pricing of products and the distribution process.
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Thompson |
This unit builds on MKC1200 by extending the issues relating to communication. Conceptual framework for the planning, integration and control of the communication process; determining the communication options available to organisations; developing realistic communication objectives for different types of marketing communication; budgeting and allocating resources to the communication elements within the budget. Evaluating the effectiveness of the marketing communication plan and the strategic use of the techniques of advertising, sales promotion, publicity/PR and personal selling, sponsorship, direct marketing and the use of communication in electronic commerce.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anastasios Panagiotelis |
Introduction to multivariate statistical techniques for the analysis of survey data and models to analyse the discrete choice behaviour of individuals. Topics include multivariate analysis of variance, principal components analysis, factor analysis, correspondence analysis and models of discrete choice behaviour. Statistical software and case studies will be utilised during this subject and students will apply the techniques to a variety of practical problems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester B 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Wagstaff (First Semester); Dr Angela Cruz (Second Semester) |
Introduction to marketing activities undertaken by a wide range of organisations (business, government, profit, non profit); examines marketing theory, the marketing concept and its evolution from a strategic and applied perspective. The development of corporate and marketing strategic plans; analysis of an organisation and marketing's role, value-exchange processes, buyer behaviour, marketing research and market analysis, the marketing environment, the use of marketing decision making tools; product concepts, strategies and development; distribution, pricing and communication mix strategies; services marketing; marketing management, implementation and control processes and procedures.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Angela Cruz (Second Semester)
Mr Peter Wagstaff (Trimester B)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) City (Melbourne) Trimester C 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gerri Spassova |
A study of the factors that influence, explain and help predict consumption behaviour for both individuals and organisations. How concepts and theories developed in the social sciences provide the theoretical background to understand individual, cultural and group influences on the behaviour of consumers. The use marketers make of this information in developing marketing strategies, predicting behaviour and influencing consumers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Junzhao Ma (First semester);Dr Stanislav Stakhovych (Second semester) |
The process of marketing research. Role of research in the marketing decision process. Developing key outputs -- brief, proposal, report. Planning and managing a research project. Qualitative and quantitative research techniques. Statistical analysis, marketing interpretation and reporting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Junzhao Ma (First semester)
Dr Stanislav Stakhovych (Second semester)
MKF2111 or MKW2111
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stanislav StakhovychDr Satheesh Seenivasan (Second Semester) |
Quantitative analysis for marketing, response models, segmentation and targeting, positioning analysis, decision analysis, conjoint analysis; advertising decision models, pricing decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Stanislav Stakhovych (First semester)
Dr Satheesh Seenivasan (Second semester)
MKC2130, MKW2131
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Narelle Pittard |
This unit is run jointly between the Department of Design and the Department of Marketing. The unit reviews the history of packaging, and the dual use of package in today's environment, specifically focusing on both the legal and social requirement of packages, alongside the branding implications. This unit features a studio component in which students are encouraged to design and create their own packages.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKF1120 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Manir Zaman |
Topics include the nature and environment of business marketing, buying process in business marketing, marketing intelligence and business market targeting, networking and relationship, planning a business marketing mix strategy, ethical issues in business marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed MKW1120 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Prof Colin Jevons (First semester); Dr Jasmina Ilicic (Second Semester) |
A brand is much more than a logo, a symbol, a sign or device, or simply the result of clever advertising. It helps to communicate value and create and deliver that value. Branding is a promise of value for customers. It helps to attract and, if it is true and accurate, keep customers. It provides an extra element of understanding or meaning, for customers as they form opinions and make purchase decisions from a variety of competing offerings. There is strong industry demand for graduates with a thorough understanding of branding. While this unit is primarily for students undertaking a major in marketing it is offered to any student with a prerequisite of an introductory marketing unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Colin JevonsDr Jasmina Ilicic (Second Semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gerri Spassova |
Proposals to undertake a special studies subject should be prepared before the start of the semester, in order for the student to arrange a supervisor and finalise a viable study program (with a written contract detailing performance requirements and assessment methods).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Permission required
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jane CarrollDr Erica Brady (Second Semester) |
The development of corporate marketing strategies; marketing planning procedure; evaluation and control in marketing planning; Australian case studies in corporate marketing planning and strategy. Concepts of product management; designing a product strategy; monitoring planning/marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Junzhao Ma |
Using the case study method this unit provides an analytical framework from which students can explore how marketing strategy is applied throughout a variety of industries. Students will be taught how to analyse, evaluate and implement marketing strategy. A theoretical grounding in introductory marketing, marketing research, buyer behaviour and communications is essential to students undertaking this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 75%
Examination: 25%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jane Carroll |
The unit is designed to sensitise students to the issues which affect a firm's ability to compete effectively, and from which competitive advantage is derived.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKF1120 and any four second level units from Faculty of Business and Economics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jasmine Rushdi |
The purpose of the unit is to develop student's capacity for developing and implementing a business plan. Students will utilise and integrate a range of management and marketing frameworks to develop a concise and effective business plan.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
analytical skills required for the effective preparation and presentation of a business plan.
Within semester assessment: 60% Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jane Carroll |
An in-depth analysis of the marketing techniques that apply to service organisations and industries including service design and delivery, customer service, service quality measurement and internal marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yongfu He |
This unit will explore the developments in the internationalisation of the retail industry by examining the characteristics of retailing globally. Insight will be provided on key trends and developments of international retailing. Students will explore key strategies for international expansion and the critical success factors for international retailing growth.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKX3445
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elizabeth Snuggs |
The primary aim of this unit is to explore the use of marketing communication to build and sustain brands, based on knowledge of how communication works, the institutions which participate in the process and the practical business processes necessary to achieve and measure defined communication goals. In particular, students will be able to understand the integrated nature of communication and develop a full appreciation of advertising, sales promotion, public relations, publicity and direct marketing in a digital and contemporary environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Kimble Montagu |
Customer contact and relations. A broad overview of the sales area focusing on business to business and person to person activities. Issues include interpersonal persuasion and influence. In addition to these knowledge-based topics, the unit exposes students to practical interpersonal skills involving persuasive group presentations, negotiations and sales. It covers areas of management, which focus on buying-centre/selling team relationships. There is a focus on the relationship between the functions of marketing and sales within organisations and the effect on corporate performance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anastasios Panagiotelis |
Introduction to multivariate statistical techniques for the analysis of survey data and models to analyse the discrete choice behaviour of individuals. Topics include multivariate analysis of variance, principal components analysis, factor analysis, correspondence analysis and models of discrete choice behaviour. Statistical software and case studies will be utilised during this unit and students will apply the techniques to a variety of practical problems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yongfu He |
Contemporary issues in international trade and their potential to impact on the marketing initiative of companies; the economic, political, geographic, demographic and cultural issues which influence national business environments; the conduct and outcome of market research in other countries.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Sandra Luxton |
This unit explores advertising management issues. Topics include: the structure and responsibilities of the advertising industry and its controls. Management of advertising within the agency and within the client and the relationship between these two parties. The issues faced by clients and their agencies in maximising the effectiveness of an advertising budget, including the choice of advertising research techniques, media developments, production and international advertising considerations.
The learning objectives of this unit are to:
Assignment(s): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
3 Hours class contact or equivalent per week
See also Unit timetable information
MKF3461 or MKW2211
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Torgeir Aleti |
Traditional business disciplines are starting to appreciate the fundamental challenges presented by the application of technology to their knowledge base. In marketing the most visible agent of change has been www and online transacting which has already revolutionised a number of sectors of the world economy. This subject takes marketing and traditional views of marketing and exposes them to critical analysis in the light of technological change. It explores how marketers can utilise different ways of understanding, creating, communicating and delivering customer value in the marketplace.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Students will choose an assessment regime from the following:
a) Examination: 100%;
b) Within semester assessment: 50% and Examination: 50%;
c) Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
Introduction to marketing activities undertaken by business, government, profit, non profit organisations. Marketing theory, the marketing concept and its evolution from a strategic and applied perspective; development of corporate and marketing strategic plans; analysis of an organisation and marketing's role, value-exchange processes, buyer behaviour, marketing research and market analysis, the marketing environment, the use of marketing decision making tools; product concepts, strategies and development; distribution, pricing and communication mix strategies; services marketing; marketing management, implementation and control processes and procedures.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Behavioural concepts and theories relating to consumer behaviour and consumer decision making process. Study of consumer behaviour influenced by individuals' socio-cultural factors such as family, social groups and group processes, social class, culture and subculture and consumers' individual factors such as motivation and needs, perception, learning, personality and lifestyle attitudes. Overview of organisational buying.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
The process of marketing research. Role of research in the marketing decision process. Developing key outputs -- brief, proposal, report. Planning and managing a research project. Qualitative and quantitative research techniques. Statistical analysis, marketing interpretation and reporting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Maxine Bradshaw |
Topics include the nature and environment of business marketing, buying process in business marketing, marketing intelligence and business market targeting, networking and relationship, planning a business marketing mix strategy, ethical issues in business marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rowan Kennedy |
This unit is designed to provide students with a theoretical and practical appreciation of the central role marketing communication plays in the general business environment. The unit provides a framework for examining, analysing and evaluation various aspects of the marketing communications process and the relevant marketing communications tools most commonly used. It is further designed to assist business managers to make choices regarding which marketing tools to use under a variety of dynamic environments. Topics covered include: advertising, PR, personal selling, direct selling, Internet marketing, sponsorship, sales promotion, emerging technologies and their potential.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of MKW1120 or MKG1120 and one of MKW2402 or MKG2402 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Vauhgan Reimers |
The development of corporate marketing strategies; marketing planning procedure; evaluation and control in marketing planning; international case studies in corporate marketing planning and strategy; concepts of product management; designing a product strategy; monitoring planning/marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of MKW2402 or MKG2402 and MKW2420 or MKG2420 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rowan Kennedy |
Corporate strategy and marketing strategy, strategic perspectives on buyer behaviour, strategic use of marketing mix variables such as communication, pricing, distribution, product, external and internal decision environments, market position and analysis, corporate and marketing strategic direction, managing marketing strategy -- planning and control.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
The scope of sales management, personal selling in the marketing mix, deployment and account coverage, sales force size/sales forecasting, personal selling, field sales management, compensation, evaluation and motivation, organising, recruitment and selection, training.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
The unit covers environmental factors affecting international marketing, the field of international business, international marketing research and marketing decisions, entry strategies, marketing planning, controlling and strategy for international business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Stephanie Judd |
Introduction to marketing activities undertaken by a wide range of organisations (business, government, profit, non profit); examines marketing theory, the marketing concept and its evolution from a strategic and applied perspective. The development of corporate and marketing strategic plans; analysis of an organisation and marketing's role, value-exchange processes, buyer behaviour, marketing research and market analysis, the marketing environment, the use of marketing decision making tools; product concepts, strategies and development; distribution, pricing and communication mix strategies; services marketing; marketing management, implementation and control processes and procedures.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Griffiths |
An in-depth analysis of the marketing techniques that can be applied to the tourism sector.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
NIL
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Fiona Newton |
This unit is designed to enable students to understand how to define an organisation's stakeholders and then explore how the motivation, needs, perception, and attitudes of different stakeholders can influence the way in which businesses configure their services/ products and communicate value to their stakeholders. The issues of group influences on stakeholder behaviour and the importance of market segmentation are also examined, along with an overview of how decision making units operate in B2B and B2C environments. These core issues are consistently related back to the ways in which businesses position, price, promote and place their products/services in the marketplace.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed MKP1120 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Fiona Newton |
This unit draws upon the concepts and theories developed in the social sciences to provide students with an introduction to the complex area of consumer psychology and decision-making. Students will explore core concepts associated with motivation, perception, memory, social cognition, personality, and attitude formation and change in the context of how businesses and organisations configure their services/products and communicate value to consumers. Students will also examine the potential for group influences to impact on the behaviour of consumers and gain an in-depth understanding of the importance of market segmentation and targeting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Boris Kolar |
This unit is designed to provide students with a theoretical and practical appreciation of the central role that marketing communication plays in the general business environment. The unit provides a framework for examining, analysing, and evaluating various aspects of the marketing communications process and the relevant marketing communications tools commonly used. Emphasis is given to building student skills in determining which marketing communication tools to use under a variety of dynamic environments. Topics covered include: advertising, database and direct response marketing, personal selling, public relations, sponsorship, promotions, as well as ethical issues in implementing marketing communication programs.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following units: MKB2402, MKC2110, MKF2111, MKG2402, MKP2700, MKP2701 or MKW2402.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Saunders |
Research methodology and analysis plays a fundamental role in problem identification, decision making, strategy development, marketing planning and the evaluation of marketing performance. Students will gain a working knowledge of qualitative research techniques. The unit is also designed to introduce students to hypothesis formulation and testing. In addition, students will explore issues associated with survey design and gain skills in basic statistical techniques used in analysing survey and experimental data.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Terry Grant |
The unit considers the role of sport in contemporary society and the interconnectedness of sport and business, particularly marketing. The unit draws on academic and practitioner literature to provide students with a sound understanding of how marketing concepts can be effectively applied to sport marketing and sponsorship. Students will develop an appreciation of sport sponsorship as a co-marketing alliance and be given opportunities to work collaboratively on a project to reinforce their understanding of the dynamics involved in sport marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
A minimum of 6 credit points of marketing units
MKX3200 and MKG3200
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Fiona Newton |
Social marketing draws upon concepts and tools that have traditionally been used for commercial purposes in order to bring about beneficial behaviour change in a range of health, environmental, and community engagement contexts. Students will explore contemporary theoretical constructs used in social marketing and develop skills in applying procedural frameworks to formulate, manage, and evaluate social marketing campaigns. Emphasis will be given to understanding the importance of appropriately leveraging the marketing mix variables to bring about sustained behaviour change in both developed and developing world contexts. This unit will draw upon both quantitative and qualitative research methods.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia October intake 2015 (Day) Malaysia Summer semester A 2015 (Day) South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Fandy Tjiptono (First Semester); Ms Vimala Kunchamboo (Second semester); Associate Professor Brian Low (Summer Semester) |
Introduction to marketing activities undertaken by business, government, profit, non profit organisations. Marketing theory, the marketing concept and its evolution from a strategic and applied perspective; development of corporate and marketing strategic plans; analysis of an organisation and marketing's role, value-exchange processes, buyer behaviour, marketing research and market analysis, the marketing environment, the use of marketing decision making tools; product concepts, strategies and development; distribution, pricing and communication mix strategies; services marketing; marketing management, implementation and control processes and procedures.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Fandy TjiptonoMs Vimala KunchambooAssociate Professor Brian Low (Summer Semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
The aim of this unit is to provide e-business students with basic knowledge of how e-commerce activities are handled using online social media. Students will learn about concepts that include theories in social commerce, social commerce strategy, benefits and limitations of social commerce, Facebook commerce, social media marketing, performance management and metrics of social commerce, customer relationship management in social media, issues in social commerce implementation and qualitative and quantitative social media analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Tan Choon Ling |
Introduction to e-business and its enabling technologies including email, EDI, EFT, bar-coding, electronic catalogues, smart cards and CALS. Associated electronic processes and systems including on-line business, the Internet and World Wide Web (WWW). Other issues include international standards, ethics, privacy, accounting, legal and security issues; the impact on the workplace; corporate, national and global information infrastructures; aligning information technology to business strategy; electronic marketing worldwide; internationalisation, government policies, strategies and leadership.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BEW1601
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ghazala Khan |
Behavioural concepts and theories relating to consumer behaviour and consumer decision making process. Study of consumer behaviour influenced by individuals' socio-cultural factors such as family, social groups and group processes, social class, culture and subculture and consumers' individual factors such as motivation and needs, perception, learning, personality and lifestyle attitudes. Overview of organisational buying.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tan Choon Ling |
The process of marketing research. Role of research in the marketing decision process. Developing key outputs -- brief, proposal, report. Planning and managing a research project. Qualitative and quantitative research techniques. Statistical analysis, marketing interpretation and reporting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKW2402 or MKW2111
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Brian Low |
Topics include the nature and environment of business marketing, buying process in business marketing, marketing intelligence and business market targeting, networking and relationship, planning a business marketing mix strategy, ethical issues in business marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lin Yang |
This unit is designed to provide students with a theoretical and practical appreciation of the central role marketing communication plays in the general business environment. The unit provides a framework for examining, analysing and evaluation various aspects of the marketing communications process and the relevant marketing communications tools most commonly used. It is further designed to assist business managers to make choices regarding which marketing tools to use under a variety of dynamic environments. Topics covered include: advertising, PR, personal selling, direct selling, Internet marketing, sponsorship, sales promotion, emerging technologies and their potential.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed two units from the following: MKG1120 or MKW1120 and MKG2402 or MKW2402 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Griffiths |
An in-depth analysis of the marketing techniques that can be applied to the tourism sector.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: MKF1120, MKG1120, MKP1120 or MKW1120 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Paul Yeow |
Includes concepts of analysing an e-business for viability using logical value chain assessment. Examines an e-business' value creation capacity, value delivery likelihood, and value capturing ability. Analysis of e-businesses in Australasia and around the world. Dissection of application of e-business principles, and specifically e-business models through an examination of how e-businesses are designed and interact with business partners, channel members and suppliers. Also covered are customer profitability analysis, cost of sales, customer valuation, online behaviour and purchase propensity assessment and use. Lecture and partially case discussion based.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BEW2621
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nicholas Grigoriou |
The development of corporate marketing strategies; marketing planning procedure; evaluation and control in marketing planning; international case studies in corporate marketing planning and strategy; concepts of product management; designing a product strategy; monitoring planning/marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed two units from the following: MKG2402 or MKW2402 and MKG2420 or MKW2420 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Kimble Montagu |
This unit is designed to sensitise students to the issues that affect a firm's ability to compete effectively, and from which competitive advantage is derived.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vaughan Reimers |
This unit provides strategic insight into the specific field of sports event marketing. The unit begins by detailing the commercial and social role of sports events. In order to successfully fulfill these roles, an event manager must strive to satisfy their markets' needs, and so the unit explores the specific methods used to understand these needs. Having determined the needs of their customers, the event organiser then sets about satisfying them using the sports marketing mix. And because the way in which this mix is applied is influenced by external factors, the unit concludes by examining the market forces shaping the future of sports event marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKG3210
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
An in-depth analysis of the marketing techniques that apply to service organisations and industries including service design and delivery, customer service, service quality measurement and internal marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Fandy Tjiptono |
Corporate strategy and marketing strategy, strategic perspectives on buyer behaviour, strategic use of marketing mix variables such as communication, pricing, distribution, product, external and internal decision environments, market position and analysis, corporate and marketing strategic direction, managing marketing strategy -- planning and control.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Manir Zaman |
The scope of sales management, personal selling in the marketing mix, deployment and account coverage, sales force size/sales forecasting, personal selling, field sales management, compensation, evaluation and motivation, organising, recruitment and selection, training.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Yunus Ali |
The unit covers environmental factors affecting international marketing, the field of international business, international marketing research and marketing decisions, entry strategies, marketing planning, controlling and strategy for international business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Yunus Ali |
The aim of this unit is to extend students' knowledge and understanding of Muslim consumers, to analyse Islamic faith based consumption needs of the diverse Muslim communities across the globe, and to develop skills to apply this knowledge and understanding to practical and challenging marketing situations. In particular emphasis will be placed on critical analysis and insights gained from Islamic and marketing literature, case studies, project works to solve the strategic problems of targeting this emerging market.
The learning goals to be achieved in this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Paul Yeow |
This unit is about measure and metrics used in assessing whether an e-business is achieving its goals. The unit links online business models, business environment, and change to business performance to performance measures. It also links performance measures with strategy, value, and business environment. It provides alternative performance measures and metrics as feedback mechanisms in an online performance measurement environment and establishes benchmarks. These include performance measures for external and internal operations, transactions with customers and suppliers, e-business and e-commerce activities, e-business security, general business health, website activities, etc. Explicitly, it includes measurement principles, measurement interactions, and measurement impact on performance assessment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BEW2620
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tan Choon Ling(First semester);Ms Marlene Bogaards (Second semester) |
Traditional business disciplines are starting to appreciate the fundamental challenges presented by the application of technology to their knowledge base. In marketing the most visible agent of change has been WWW and online transacting which has already revolutionised a number of sectors of the world economy. This subject takes marketing and traditional views of marketing and exposes them to critical analysis in the light of technological change. It explores how marketers can utilise different ways of understanding, creating, communication and delivering customer value in the marketplace.
The learning goals of this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Tan Choon Ling (First semester); Ms Marlene Bogaards (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Karen Lurati |
An overview of retailing from a management perspective. The development of retailing; the Australian retail industry and its environment; merchandising planning, control and distribution; pricing merchandise; selling and sales promotion; store location, layout and presentation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 55%
Examination:45%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Violet Lazaravic |
Media research methods in the world's major advertising regions -- US, Europe, Asia and Australia. The advantages and problems offered by media planning computer programs. Interpersonal and inter-organisational skills in negotiating between media and advertising agencies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gary Tate |
Communication theory applied to advertising copywriting primarily for television, radio and print media. Theory and practice of television and radio production. Students will be taught to work from well focused briefs to generate creative executions which produce targeted audience response, while working within ethical and legal frameworks.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sophie Feng |
This unit will introduce students to the unique features of Not for Profit Marketing. In this very diverse sector, commercially derived marketing concepts have played an important role, but also face some special challenges. The aim is to explore the similarities, differences and challenges for marketing in social and political marketing, government and education marketing, arts and culture marketing using examples from Australia and around the world.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mauricio Palmeira |
The purpose of this unit is to offer a broad appreciation of academic marketing research and to provide an understanding of the Honours year. The unit offers the opportunity to read widely in marketing theory with the intention of identifying a potential research project. The unit is taught through the seminar method and students will read from leading marketing journals and the business press. Seminars will be offered by staff members or visiting academics. The unit will introduce students to critical analysis of marketing theory with a view to assessing research topics and encourage/facilitate the development of independent research.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students of honours standard will be invited to enrol in this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Kevin Argus |
The unit introduces the omnipresence of sport in Australian society, the interconnectedness of sport and business, particularly marketing, and those factors that differentiate sport marketing from mainstream marketing. The unit will draw on the rapidly expanding body of literature on sport marketing and sponsorship. Students will also be introduced to the most current marketing concepts and their relevance to sport marketing and sponsorship. Students will develop an appreciation of sport sponsorship as a co-marketing alliance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKF1120, MKG1120, MKW1120 or MKC1200 and MKF2111, MKC2110, MKG2402 or MKW2402 or equivalent in undergraduate degree program
MKG3200
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sophie Feng |
The marketing task is not complete until customers receive their goods. Distribution is the process that makes that happen. The primary aim of this unit is the development and management of distribution channels in order to meet your marketing objectives. The unit is designed to help you systematically analyse the various channel functions and strategies. Mastering the principles that will be discussed in this unit will also help you in understanding Supply Chain issues. It is important to note however, that this unit is NOT about supply chain management but rather about the role of channels as a marketing strategic element. Some topics of supply chain management of course will be discussed from a marketing perspective. In order to better understand the theory in the context of the business world actual business cases are used throughout the lectures and tutorials.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Griffiths |
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Griffiths (Summer Semester); Dr Jasmine Rushdi (Trimester 2) |
This unit is offered to students who have completed eight six point units of which two must be from the field of Marketing. This unit comprises the coursework component of the International Study Program. The program is designed to expose students to the thinking of some of the world's leading marketers. Students are expected to understand the critical factors associated with marketing in an international arena such as culture, marketing communication, branding, sponsorship, globalisation, research, e-marketing, customer services and retailing. Students enrolling in this unit must meet the cost of their own travel.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Ms Maureen Griffiths (Summer Semester); Dr Jasmine Rushdi (Trimester 2)
Students must have passed 48 points including at least 12 points from the Department of Marketing.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elizabeth Snuggs |
This unit explores advertising management issues. Topics include: the structure and responsibilities of the advertising industry and its controls. Management of advertising within the agency and within the client and the relationship between these two parties. The issues faced by clients and their agencies in maximising the effectiveness of an advertising budget, including the choice of advertising research techniques, media developments, production and international advertising considerations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: MKF3461, MKW2211, MKG2460, MKW2460, MKW3461, or MKC3460 before undertaking this unit.
MKF3621, MKW3621
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jane Carroll |
This unit aims to give students first-hand experience of working in an industry in which they would like to be employed on graduation. Internships are designed to provide students with an opportunity to integrate marketing theory with business practice. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Approval to enrol in this unit will only be given after consultation with the unit leader. Normally students will be required to be in the final year of their degree, and preferably in their final semester.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gary Tate |
An integrative experience using the advertising theory and processes to which students have been exposed through their course. Students will further study and use campaign planning and management tools. They will create from briefs two major advertising campaigns.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKF3671, MKW3671
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Erica Brady |
Theory in marketing covers three broad levels; consumer, firm, and society. It also incorporates a number of different schools of thought developed over various eras. This unit is designed to give you an integrative introduction to marketing theory that spans these levels of analysis and streams of thought. The unit will also provide an introduction to the tools of constructing theory, and equip students with theory-building skills to conduct scholarly research that will legitimately advance the boundaries of marketing knowledge.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sean Sands |
The unit provides practical training in the analysis of data. The unit will also illustrate how research methods are used in academic research and compare this to marketing industry research. Through workshops, exercises and presentations students will gain practical skills in data analysis. Review of the research process provides insight into variations in problem definition, theory development or application, and reporting across different research perspectives.
The aim of this unit to provide students with knowledge regarding practical and professional issues surrounding the conduct of academic research in Marketing. This unit is designed to fill the gaps between theoretical knowledge and practice and provide for skills in identifying and formalising research problems, preparing literature based arguments, understanding philosophical stances in marketing research, as well as issues surrounding data management, dissemination, project specification and ethics.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Jan Brace-Govan |
The aim of this unit is to introduce students with limited experience in qualitative research, to some of its methods for data gathering, data analysis and some means to ensure reliability and validity, with particular reference to marketing. Topics include field work, interviewing, and data analysis. It provides the opportunity to explore qualitative research and practice in the field of marketing with emphasis on scholarly practice.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Yelena Tsarenko |
An in-depth introduction to the critical thinking and planning required in the initial stages of a thesis or research project. This unit will focus on the development of research proposal, research model, data analysis and interpretation of results.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Junzhao Ma |
A major research project applying the procedures and techniques learned in MKF4030. Students prepare and write a report in such a way to pave the way for a higher academic degree in marketing or management or a career in business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 576 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Monash Passport category | Depth (Enhance Program) |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Geoff Rose |
This unit introduces the multifaceted concept of sustainability. Using multiple perspectives, informed by research, the unit will present a coherent, personalising and engaging introduction to the concept of sustainability. Broader sustainability concepts and implications will be explored through shared individual and collective experiences. Students will explore new interpretations, applications and evaluations of sustainability by actively researching relevant contemporary cases to students' immediate environments of home, work and play. From a better understanding of sustainability, students will have the opportunity to be active advocates for sustainability in and beyond their immediate environments.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jane Carroll |
'Psychology, management and marketing' is the capstone subject in the Bachelor of Psychology and Management/Marketing degree. A major goal is to allow students to participate actively in discussion. Discussion will be focused around business cases that allow students to apply their knowledge of management, marketing and psychology. When planning for the future, students will be encouraged to consider not only profit margins, but also the psychological, legal, ethical and marketing issues of the stakeholders involved. The other major goal is to provide an opportunity for students to practice working in teams to integrate and apply the theories of psychology, management and marketing to practical problems in organisations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Any two units in each of the three disciplines: psychology, management and marketing (any two of the six units must be at second-year level or above, or by permission